ML14324A040: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:U.HOINTERE0lLTN AT IECON ALHoltec Center, 555 Lincoln Drive West, Marlton, NJ 08053Telephone (856) 797- 0900Fax (856) 797 -0909SEISMIC ANAL YSIS OF THE LOADEDHI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFP SLABQUALIFICATION FORENTERG YHoltec Report No: HI-2104715 Holtec Project No: 1916Sponsoring Holtec Division:
{{#Wiki_filter:U.HO INTER E0l LT N AT I EC ON AL Holtec Center, 555 Lincoln Drive West, Marlton, NJ 08053 Telephone (856) 797- 0900 Fax (856) 797 -0909 SEISMIC ANAL YSIS OF THE LOADED HI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFP SLAB QUALIFICATION FOR ENTERG Y Holtec Report No: HI-2104715 Holtec Project No: 1916 Sponsoring Holtec Division:
HTSReport Class: SAFETY RELATED HOLTEC INTERNATIONAL DOCUMENT ISSUANCE AND REVISION STATUS'DOCUMENT NAME: SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF THE LOADED HI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFPSLAB QUALIFICATION DOCUMENT NO.: HI-2104715 CATEGORY:  
HTS Report Class: SAFETY RELATED HOLTEC INTERNATIONAL DOCUMENT ISSUANCE AND REVISION STATUS'DOCUMENT NAME: SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF THE LOADED HI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFP SLAB QUALIFICATION DOCUMENT NO.: HI-2104715 CATEGORY:  
= GENERICPROJECT NO.: 1-6 0 PROJECT SPECIFICRev. Date Author'sNo.2  Approved Initials VIR #7 4/17/2014 Z.Yue 815009DOCUMENT CATEGORIZATION In accordance with the Holtec Quality Assurance Manual and associated Holtec Quality Procedures (HQPs), this document is categorized as a:1'1 Calculation Package3 (Per HQP 3.2) L- Technical Report (Per HQP 3.2)(Such as a Licensing Report)El Design Criterion Document (Per HQP 3.4) L] Design Specification (Per HQP 3.4)L--] Other (Specify):
= GENERIC PROJECT NO.: 1-6 0 PROJECT SPECIFIC Rev. Date Author's No.2  Approved Initials VIR #7 4/17/2014 Z.Yue 815009 DOCUMENT CATEGORIZATION In accordance with the Holtec Quality Assurance Manual and associated Holtec Quality Procedures (HQPs), this document is categorized as a: 1'1 Calculation Package 3 (Per HQP 3.2) L- Technical Report (Per HQP 3.2)(Such as a Licensing Report)El Design Criterion Document (Per HQP 3.4) L] Design Specification (Per HQP 3.4)L--] Other (Specify):
DOCUMENT FORMATTING The formatting of the contents of this document is in accordance with the instructions of HQP 3.2 or 3.4except as noted below:DECLARATION OF PROPRIETARY STATUS17 Nonproprietary  
DOCUMENT FORMATTING The formatting of the contents of this document is in accordance with the instructions of HQP 3.2 or 3.4 except as noted below: DECLARATION OF PROPRIETARY STATUS 17 Nonproprietary  
[] Holtec Proprietary E] Privileged Intellectual Property (PIP)This document contains extremely valuable intellectual property of Holtec International.
[] Holtec Proprietary E] Privileged Intellectual Property (PIP)This document contains extremely valuable intellectual property of Holtec International.
Holtec's rights to the ideas,methods, models, and precepts described in this document are protected against unauthorized use, in whole or in part, byany other party under the U.S. and international intellectual property laws. Unauthorized dissemination of any part of thisdocument by the recipient will be deemed to constitute a willful breach of contract governing this project.
Holtec's rights to the ideas, methods, models, and precepts described in this document are protected against unauthorized use, in whole or in part, by any other party under the U.S. and international intellectual property laws. Unauthorized dissemination of any part of this document by the recipient will be deemed to constitute a willful breach of contract governing this project. The recipient of this document bears sole responsibility to honor Holtec's unabridged ownership rights of this document, to observe its confidentiality, and to limit use to the purpose for which it was delivered to the recipient.
The recipient ofthis document bears sole responsibility to honor Holtec's unabridged ownership rights of this document, to observe itsconfidentiality, and to limit use to the purpose for which it was delivered to the recipient.
Portions of this document may be subject to copyright protection against unauthorized reproduction by a third party.* , ........- , 1. This document has beer subjected to review, verifIcation and approval process set forth in the HoltecQuality Assurance Procedures Manual. Password controlled signatures of 1oltec personnel who participated in the preparation review and QA validation of this document are saved on the company.s network. The Validation Identifier Record (VIR) number Is a random number t at :s generated bythe computer'after the specific revision of this document has undergone the required.review and 2approval process, and the appropriate Holtec personnel have recorded their password-controlled electronic con'cumrrence to Iredouet 2. Arevision t this document ,ill be ordered by the Project Manager and carried out if any of its contents incI ding revisions to referencesn is materially affecte, during evolution of this project The determination as to the need for revsion.will be made by the Project Managerwith input from~ others, as, deemred necessary by him.3. Revisions to this document may be *made by adding supplements to the document and replacing the of Contents", this page and the "Revision Log".
Portions of this document may besubject to copyright protection against unauthorized reproduction by a third party.* , ........- ,1. This document has beer subjected to review, verifIcation and approval process set forth in the HoltecQuality Assurance Procedures Manual. Password controlled signatures of 1oltec personnel who participated in the preparation review andQA validation of this document are saved on the company.s network.
Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 HOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS In order to gain acceptance as a safety significant document in the company's quality assurance system, this document is required to undergo a prescribed review and concurrence process that ,requires the preparer and reviewer(s) of the document to answer a long list of questions crafted to ensure that the document has been purged of all errors of any material significance.
The Validation Identifier Record (VIR) number Is arandom number t at :s generated bythe computer'after the specific revision of this document has undergone the required.
A record of the review and verification activities is maintained in electronic form within the company's network to enable future retrieval and recapitulation of the programmatic acceptance process leading to the acceptance and release of this document under the company's QA system. Among the numerous requirements that this document must fulfill, as applicable, to muster approval within the company's QA program are:* The preparer(s) and reviewer(s) are technically qualified to perform their activities per the applicable Holtec Quality Procedure (HQP).* The input information utilized in the work effort is drawn from referencable sources. Any assumed input data is so identified.
review and 2approval  
* All significant assumptions are stated.* The analysis methodology is consistent with the physics of the problem.* Any computer code and its specific versions used in the work have been formally admitted for use within the company's QA system.* The format and content of the document is in accordance with the applicable Holtec quality procedure.
: process, and the appropriate Holtec personnel have recorded their password-controlled electronic con'cumrrence to Iredouet2. Arevision t this document  
The material content of the report is understandable to a reader with the requisite academic training and experience in the underlying technical disciplines.
,ill be ordered by the Project Manager and carried out if any of its contents incI dingrevisions to referencesn is materially  
Once a safety significant document, such as this report, completes its review and certification cycle, it should be free of any materially significant error and should not require a revision unless its scope of treatment needs to be altered. Except for regulatory interface documents (i.e., those that are submitted to the NRC in support of a license amendment and request), editorial revisions to Holtec safety significant documents are not made unless such editorial changes are deemed necessary by the Holtec Project Manager to prevent erroneous conclusions from being inferred by the reader. In other words, the focus in the preparation of this document is to ensure correctness of the technical content rather than the cosmetics of presentation.
: affecte, during evolution of this project The determination as to the need for revsion.will be made by the Project Managerwith input from~ others, as, deemred necessary by him.3. Revisions to this document may be *made by adding supplements to the document and replacing the ofContents",
Page 1 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 REVISION LOG Revision 0 -Original issue.Revision 1 -Report is revised to address client comments.
this page and the "Revision Log".
Racks considered in the evaluations are Racks E l through E 10 and N I through N5 (Campaign II and Campaign III). Appendix F and main report are revised. The slab is still structurally adequate.
Project 1916Report 1-2104715 HOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS In order to gain acceptance as a safety significant document in the company's quality assurance system, this document is required to undergo a prescribed review and concurrence process that,requires the preparer and reviewer(s) of the document to answer a long list of questions crafted toensure that the document has been purged of all errors of any material significance.
All changes are marked with revision bars.Revision 2 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference  
A record ofthe review and verification activities is maintained in electronic form within the company's network to enable future retrieval and recapitulation of the programmatic acceptance processleading to the acceptance and release of this document under the company's QA system. Amongthe numerous requirements that this document must fulfill, as applicable, to muster approvalwithin the company's QA program are:* The preparer(s) and reviewer(s) are technically qualified to perform their activities perthe applicable Holtec Quality Procedure (HQP).* The input information utilized in the work effort is drawn from referencable sources.
[5.4]). Appendix H is added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.
Anyassumed input data is so identified.
All changes are marked with revision bars.Appendix H is a newly added appendix and no revision bars are used.Revision 3 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference  
* All significant assumptions are stated.* The analysis methodology is consistent with the physics of the problem.* Any computer code and its specific versions used in the work have been formallyadmitted for use within the company's QA system.* The format and content of the document is in accordance with the applicable Holtecquality procedure.
[5.4]). Appendix I is therefore added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.
The material content of the report is understandable to a reader with the requisite academictraining and experience in the underlying technical disciplines.
It is recognized that a leveling platform[5.13] is used in the spent fuel pool to support the HI-TRAC 100)D cask. Therefore, Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate that the leveling platform is structurally adequate to support the HI-TRAC 1 OOD cask under the normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
Once a safety significant  
Appendix C is updated to include a latest version of ACPL and add ANSYS as computer code used. All changes are marked with revision bars. Appendices C, I, J, K and L are newly added/updated appendices and no revision bars are used. Appendix H is deleted.Revision 4 -Report is revised to address client comments.
: document, such as this report, completes its review and certification cycle, it should be free of any materially significant error and should not require a revision unlessits scope of treatment needs to be altered.
Main body of the report and appendices E, F, I and J are revised with revision bars on the right margin. The slab is structurally adequate.Revision 5 -Report is revised to address client comments.
Except for regulatory interface documents (i.e., thosethat are submitted to the NRC in support of a license amendment and request),
The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised for editorial changes. The revision bars are shown on the right margin.Appendix H is newly added to evaluate lifting of the leveling platform and no revision bars are Page 2 of 28 G:Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
editorial revisions to Holtec safety significant documents are not made unless such editorial changes are deemednecessary by the Holtec Project Manager to prevent erroneous conclusions from being inferredby the reader. In other words, the focus in the preparation of this document is to ensurecorrectness of the technical content rather than the cosmetics of presentation.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 used in Appendix H. The revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.Revision 6 -Report is revised to address client comments.
Page 1 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7I Project 1916Report 1-2104715 REVISION LOGRevision 0 -Original issue.Revision 1 -Report is revised to address client comments.
The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC due to the introduction of leveling platform.
Racks considered in the evaluations are Racks E l through E 10 and N I through N5 (Campaign II and Campaign III). Appendix F andmain report are revised.
The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors are recalculated.
The slab is still structurally adequate.
The revision bars are shown on the right margin. Appendix H is revised to be consistent with drawing change. The platform drawing reference in Appendix J is updated and yield strength of stainless steel is corrected at pool temperature.
All changes are marked withrevision bars.Revision 2 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in reportHI-92952 (reference  
The abovementioned changes are marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.
[5.4]). Appendix H is added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of thefloor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.
All conclusions remain valid for this revision.Revision 7 -Report is revised to address client comments.
All changes are marked with revision bars.Appendix H is a newly added appendix and no revision bars are used.Revision 3 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in reportHI-92952 (reference  
The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC per latest revision of drawing 8777. The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors are recalculated.
[5.4]). Appendix I is therefore added to demonstrate the structural adequacyof the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.
The abovementioned changes are marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.
It is recognized that a leveling platform[5.13] is used in the spent fuel pool to support the HI-TRAC 100)D cask. Therefore, Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate that the leveling platform is structurally adequate to supportthe HI-TRAC 1 OOD cask under the normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
All conclusions remain valid for this revision.Page 3 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Appendix C is updated toinclude a latest version of ACPL and add ANSYS as computer code used. All changes aremarked with revision bars. Appendices C, I, J, K and L are newly added/updated appendices andno revision bars are used. Appendix H is deleted.Revision 4 -Report is revised to address client comments.
Project 1916 Report I--2104715 TABLE OF CONTENTS HOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS  
Main body of the report andappendices E, F, I and J are revised with revision bars on the right margin. The slab isstructurally adequate.
Revision 5 -Report is revised to address client comments.
The main body of the report and theappendix E are revised for editorial changes.
The revision bars are shown on the right margin.Appendix H is newly added to evaluate lifting of the leveling platform and no revision bars arePage 2 of 28G:Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 used in Appendix H. The revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previousrevisions and are not applicable to this revision.
Revision 6 -Report is revised to address client comments.
The main body of the report and theappendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC due to the introduction ofleveling platform.
The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors arerecalculated.
The revision bars are shown on the right margin. Appendix H is revised to beconsistent with drawing change. The platform drawing reference in Appendix J is updated andyield strength of stainless steel is corrected at pool temperature.
The abovementioned changesare marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over fromprevious revisions and are not applicable to this revision.
All conclusions remain valid for thisrevision.
Revision 7 -Report is revised to address client comments.
The main body of the report and theappendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC per latest revision of drawing8777. The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors are recalculated.
Theabovementioned changes are marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.
All conclusions remain valid for this revision.
Page 3 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report I--2104715 TABLE OF CONTENTSHOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS  
...............................................................................................
...............................................................................................
1R EV ISIO N LO G ..........................................................................................................................................................
1 R EV ISIO N LO G ..........................................................................................................................................................
2T A BLE O F C O N T EN T S ............................................................................................................................................
2 T A BLE O F C O N T EN T S ............................................................................................................................................
41.0 IN T R O D U C T IO N A N D SC O PE ......................................................................................................................
4 1.0 IN T R O D U C T IO N A N D SC O PE ......................................................................................................................
62.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA  
6 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .............................................................................
.............................................................................
7 2.1 M ETHODOLOGY  
72.1 M ETHODOLOGY  
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
72.2 A CCEPTANCE C RITERIA ...................................................................................................................................
7 2.2 A CCEPTANCE C RITERIA ...................................................................................................................................
93.0 A SSU M PT IO N S ...............................................................................................................................................
9 3.0 A SSU M PT IO N S ...............................................................................................................................................
104.0 IN PU T DA TA ...................................................................................................................................................
10 4.0 IN PU T DA TA ...................................................................................................................................................
114.1 INPUT W EIGHTS FOR D YNAM IC A NALYSIS .................................................................................................
11 4.1 INPUT W EIGHTS FOR D YNAM IC A NALYSIS .................................................................................................
114.2 SEISM IC INPUTS ..............................................................................................................................................
11 4.2 SEISM IC INPUTS ..............................................................................................................................................
114.3 FRICTIONAL INPUT .........................................................................................................................................
11 4.3 FRICTIONAL INPUT .........................................................................................................................................
115.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES ......................................................................
11 5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES ......................................................................
1
12


==25.1 REFERENCES==
==5.1 REFERENCES==


..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
125.2 COM PUTER CODES AND FILES ........................................................................................................................
12 5.2 COM PUTER CODES AND FILES ........................................................................................................................
136.0 AN A L Y SES ......................................................................................................................................................
13 6.0 AN A L Y SES ......................................................................................................................................................
147.0 RE SU LT S .........................................................................................................................................................
14 7.0 RE SU LT S .........................................................................................................................................................
157.1 H I-TRA C STABILITY  
15 7.1 H I-TRA C STABILITY  
.....................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
157.2 POOL SLAB A SSESSM ENT ...............................................................................................................................
15 7.2 POOL SLAB A SSESSM ENT ...............................................................................................................................
167.2.1 Slab C apacity C heck ............................................................................................  
16 7.2.1 Slab C apacity C heck ............................................................................................  
..187.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear Check .............................................................
..18 7.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear Check .............................................................
188.0 C O N C LU SIO N S ..............................................................................................................................................
18 8.0 C O N C LU SIO N S ..............................................................................................................................................
219.0 FIG UR ES ..........................................................................................................................................................
21 9.0 FIG UR ES ..........................................................................................................................................................
22FIGURE 1. M ODEL OF LOADED H I-TRA C C ASK ON SLAB ...................................................................................
22 FIGURE 1. M ODEL OF LOADED H I-TRA C C ASK ON SLAB ...................................................................................
22FIGURE 2. MASS PROPERTIES (INCLUDING HYDRODYNAMIC MASS) OF HI-TRAC ..............................................
22 FIGURE 2. MASS PROPERTIES (INCLUDING HYDRODYNAMIC MASS) OF HI-TRAC ..............................................
23Page 4 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
23 Page 4 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 FIGURE 3. CONSTANT BUOYANCY FORCE APPLIED TO CASK ...................................................................................
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 FIGURE 3. CONSTANT BUOYANCY FORCE APPLIED TO CASK ...................................................................................
24FIGURE 4. BOUNDING INERTIA FORCE APPLIED TO THE CASK (ALL DIRECTIONS)  
24 FIGURE 4. BOUNDING INERTIA FORCE APPLIED TO THE CASK (ALL DIRECTIONS)  
...............................................
...............................................
25FIGURE 5. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE STIFFNESS AND DAMPING FOR HI-TRAC MODEL ..................................
25 FIGURE 5. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE STIFFNESS AND DAMPING FOR HI-TRAC MODEL ..................................
26FIGURE 6. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE FRICTION FOR HI-TRAC MODEL .............................................................
26 FIGURE 6. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE FRICTION FOR HI-TRAC MODEL .............................................................
26FIGURE 7. MAXIMUM POOL LID/SFP FLOOR INTERFACE LOAD -(SSE EVENT) ..................................................
26 FIGURE 7. MAXIMUM POOL LID/SFP FLOOR INTERFACE LOAD -(SSE EVENT) ..................................................
27FIGURE 8. POSITION OF THE TOP OF HI-TRAC (SSE EVENT) ...................................................................................
27 FIGURE 8. POSITION OF THE TOP OF HI-TRAC (SSE EVENT) ...................................................................................
2710.0 APPENDICES (NUMBER OF PAGES) ...............................................................................................
27 10.0 APPENDICES (NUMBER OF PAGES) ...............................................................................................
28APPENDIX A -VISUALNASTRAN NUMBER OF FACETS CALCULATION (2) ..........................................................
28 APPENDIX A -VISUALNASTRAN NUMBER OF FACETS CALCULATION (2) ..........................................................
28APPENDIX B -STIFFNESS AND DAMPING EVALUATION (1) ................................................................................
28 APPENDIX B -STIFFNESS AND DAMPING EVALUATION (1) ................................................................................
28APPENDIX C -APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST (6) .................................................................................
28 APPENDIX C -APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST (6) .................................................................................
28APPENDIX D -COEFFICIENT OF RESTITUTION (2) ...............................................................................................
28 APPENDIX D -COEFFICIENT OF RESTITUTION (2) ...............................................................................................
28APPENDIX E -HYDROSTATIC AND HYDRODYNAMIC EFFECTS (5) ........................................................................
28 APPENDIX E -HYDROSTATIC AND HYDRODYNAMIC EFFECTS (5) ........................................................................
28APPENDIX F -CALCULATIONS OF FACTORS (2) .................................................................................................
28 APPENDIX F -CALCULATIONS OF FACTORS (2) .................................................................................................
28APPENDIX G -BASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORY (5) .....................................................................
28 APPENDIX G -BASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORY (5) .....................................................................
28APPENDIX H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11) ........................................................
28 APPENDIX H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11) ........................................................
28APPENDIX I-ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLAB IN CAMPAIGN H AND III CONFIGURATION (8) .....................
28 APPENDIX I-ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLAB IN CAMPAIGN H AND III CONFIGURATION (8) .....................
28APPENDIX J -ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDER NORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS (27)28APPEND IX K -AN SY S INPUT FILES (12) .................................................................................................................
28 APPENDIX J -ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDER NORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS (27)28 APPEND IX K -AN SY S INPUT FILES (12) .................................................................................................................
28APPENDIX L -AN SY S OUTPUT FILES (3) ...........................................................................................................
28 APPENDIX L -AN SY S OUTPUT FILES (3) ...........................................................................................................
28Page 5 of 28GAProjects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
28 Page 5 of 28 GAProjects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report 1-H-2104715
Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==


AND SCOPEThe HI-TRAC 100)D transfer cask (hereinafter referred to as HI-TRAC) is loaded with fuel whilesubmerged in the Pilgrim Station Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and positioned in the SFP cask loadingarea at El. 74.25' near the SFP north wall (Fig. 2.1 of [5.3]).This technical report and supporting calculations demonstrate the kinematic stability of theloaded HI-TRAC submerged in water in the cask loading area when subjected to postulated SSEseismic event. The analysis also reports the peak load on the SFP floor slab from the HI-TRAC(bounding case) under the SSE loading.
AND SCOPE The HI-TRAC 100)D transfer cask (hereinafter referred to as HI-TRAC) is loaded with fuel while submerged in the Pilgrim Station Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and positioned in the SFP cask loading area at El. 74.25' near the SFP north wall (Fig. 2.1 of [5.3]).This technical report and supporting calculations demonstrate the kinematic stability of the loaded HI-TRAC submerged in water in the cask loading area when subjected to postulated SSE seismic event. The analysis also reports the peak load on the SFP floor slab from the HI-TRAC (bounding case) under the SSE loading. Subsequently, the structural integrity of the pool slab is assessed.The simulation model used to evaluate the stability of a loaded HI-TRAC in the cask loading area (El. 74.25') is developed using the non-linear dynamic simulation computer code VisualNastran (VN) [5.1]. VN is a Holtec validated rigid body dynamic analysis code used on numerous occasions to simulate the response of the systems (casks) under earthquake events at various nuclear plants. Figure 1 shows the simulation model of the HI-TRAC loaded with MPC placed on the SFP slab. The inputs used to couple the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects in the VN simulations are developed in Appendix E. The inputs used as the driving inertial loads in the VisualNastran (VN) model are the baseline corrected acceleration time-histories from Appendix G.To overcome potential interferences on the SFP floor and provide for a level resting surface for the HI-TRAC, an adjustable leveling platform [5.13] will be installed on top of the SFP liner in the cask loading area. The structural adequacy of the adjustable leveling platform to support the loaded HI-TRAC under normal operating and seismic load conditions is evaluated in Appendices J, K, and L. The leveling platform is not included in the VN model since it has minimal effect on the dynamic response of the HI-TRAC (see Section 2.1 for further discussion).
Subsequently, the structural integrity of the pool slab isassessed.
Page 6 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
The simulation model used to evaluate the stability of a loaded HI-TRAC in the cask loadingarea (El. 74.25') is developed using the non-linear dynamic simulation computer codeVisualNastran (VN) [5.1]. VN is a Holtec validated rigid body dynamic analysis code used onnumerous occasions to simulate the response of the systems (casks) under earthquake events atvarious nuclear plants. Figure 1 shows the simulation model of the HI-TRAC loaded with MPCplaced on the SFP slab. The inputs used to couple the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects inthe VN simulations are developed in Appendix E. The inputs used as the driving inertial loads inthe VisualNastran (VN) model are the baseline corrected acceleration time-histories fromAppendix G.To overcome potential interferences on the SFP floor and provide for a level resting surface forthe HI-TRAC, an adjustable leveling platform  
Project 1916 Report M1-2104715 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2.1 Methodology To perform the required dynamic analysis, the HI-TRAC system is modeled as a freestanding assemblage of three rigid bodies (the HI-TRAC with the contained MPC, top lid, and the pool lid). Initially modeling the system as separate bodies ensures that the correct centroidal heights are preserved.
[5.13] will be installed on top of the SFP liner inthe cask loading area. The structural adequacy of the adjustable leveling platform to support theloaded HI-TRAC under normal operating and seismic load conditions is evaluated in Appendices J, K, and L. The leveling platform is not included in the VN model since it has minimal effect onthe dynamic response of the HI-TRAC (see Section 2.1 for further discussion).
For dynamic analysis, the separate bodies are constrained to move as one six degree-of-freedom body. Figure 1 shows the assembled cask, as constructed in VisualNastran (VN) [5.1 ], ready for simulation.
Page 6 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
As discussed in Section 1.0, the HI-TRAC actually rests slightly above the surface of the SFP slab on an adjustable leveling platform.
Project 1916Report M1-2104715 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA2.1 Methodology To perform the required dynamic analysis, the HI-TRAC system is modeled as a freestanding assemblage of three rigid bodies (the HI-TRAC with the contained MPC, top lid, and the poollid). Initially modeling the system as separate bodies ensures that the correct centroidal heightsare preserved.
Since the leveling platform is a low-profile structure, which stands only 7 inches tall (approx.), and all of the steel members used to construct the platform are at least 2 inches thick, it is effectively rigid in both the vertical and horizontal directions.
For dynamic analysis, the separate bodies are constrained to move as one sixdegree-of-freedom body. Figure 1 shows the assembled cask, as constructed in VisualNastran (VN) [5.1 ], ready for simulation.
Also, the leveling platform has a wider support base than the freestanding HI-TRAC.For these reasons, the leveling platform will not amplify the driving motion at the base of the HI-TRAC as the earthquake travels upward from the SFP slab through the leveling platform, nor will it have a significant influence on the dynamic response of the freestanding HI-TRAC.Therefore, the leveling platform is not included in the VN model shown in Figure 1. However, the peak interface loads at the base of the HI-TRAC from the VN model are conservatively used in Appendix J to inform the structural evaluation of the leveling platform.The computer code VisualNastran is a rigid body dynamics code that includes large orientation change capability, simulation of impacts, and representation of contact and friction behavior.VisualNastran performs time history dynamic analysis of freestanding structures using the acceleration time-histories in the three orthogonal directions as the input. For the seismic evaluations herein, acceleration time histories appropriate to SFP floor elevation  
As discussed in Section 1.0, the HI-TRAC actually rests slightly above the surface of the SFPslab on an adjustable leveling platform.
[5.3] are used as input. A change of variables allows the problem to be formulated as a fixed ground with the cask moving in response to applied driving forces, equal to the component mass times the calculated Page 7 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 ground acceleration in each of three directions, applied at the component's mass center. Refer to Appendix E for detailed evaluation of the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects.In MSC VisualNastran Desktop the following rules apply to the surfaces in contact: " In simple surface contact model (impulse-momentum) when 2 bodies collide the coefficients offriction between two bodies are determined by taking the lower of the two coefficients given to the bodies in contact." If two bodies collide, one with a custom contact model and the other with the simple surface model, the equations defined in the custom contact model will be used for collision response.* If two bodies collide, each with custom contact models having different equations, the minimum normal and friction force values as computed by the MSC VisualNastran Desktop simulation engine will be used.The results from the analyses provide the time history of the net horizontal displacement of the HI-TRAC cask and the interface loads between the cask pool lid and the supporting structure.
Since the leveling platform is a low-profile structure, which stands only 7 inches tall (approx.),
These results are further processed and compared with appropriate allowables to meet the acceptance criteria.Subsequently, the structural integrity of the leveling platform and the pool slab are assessed using the peak impact load from the VN dynamic simulation for SSE and OBE events.Page 8 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
and all of the steel members used to construct theplatform are at least 2 inches thick, it is effectively rigid in both the vertical and horizontal directions.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 2.2 Acceptance Criteria 2.2.1 Per Assumption 3.6, the cask is positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.
Also, the leveling platform has a wider support base than the freestanding HI-TRAC.For these reasons, the leveling platform will not amplify the driving motion at the base of the HI-TRAC as the earthquake travels upward from the SFP slab through the leveling  
Per Appendix E, the minimum gap between the cask and surrounding structures is 4.8125", existing between the HI-TRAC cask and the N2 rack. The maximum displacement of racks (at the top and bottom comers) in the two horizontal directions from Tables 6.7.2 and 6.7.3 of [5.5] is 0.3881". Based on these inputs, the maximum allowable HI-TRAC cask displacement is 4.4244" (= 4.8125" -0.3881") in E-W or N-S direction.
: platform, norwill it have a significant influence on the dynamic response of the freestanding HI-TRAC.Therefore, the leveling platform is not included in the VN model shown in Figure 1. However,the peak interface loads at the base of the HI-TRAC from the VN model are conservatively usedin Appendix J to inform the structural evaluation of the leveling platform.
Per [5.15], the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3", existing between the platform and the North Wall. Therefore, the maximum allowable leveling platform displacement is 2.6119" (= 3" -0.3881").2.2.2 The net effective load on the pool slab from the spent fuel racks in Campaign II and III configuration (racks N1 through N5 and E1 through El0 with regular fuel), plus a loaded HI-TRAC cask, must be within the calculated floor slab capacity based on Pilgrim FSAR design criteria for concrete structures.
The computer code VisualNastran is a rigid body dynamics code that includes large orientation change capability, simulation of impacts, and representation of contact and friction behavior.
Page 9 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
VisualNastran performs time history dynamic analysis of freestanding structures using theacceleration time-histories in the three orthogonal directions as the input. For the seismicevaluations herein, acceleration time histories appropriate to SFP floor elevation  
Project 1916 Report FHI-2104715
[5.3] are used asinput. A change of variables allows the problem to be formulated as a fixed ground with the caskmoving in response to applied driving forces, equal to the component mass times the calculated Page 7 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 ground acceleration in each of three directions, applied at the component's mass center. Refer toAppendix E for detailed evaluation of the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects.In MSC VisualNastran Desktop the following rules apply to the surfaces in contact:" In simple surface contact model (impulse-momentum) when 2 bodies collide thecoefficients offriction between two bodies are determined by taking the lower of the twocoefficients given to the bodies in contact." If two bodies collide, one with a custom contact model and the other with the simplesurface model, the equations defined in the custom contact model will be used forcollision response.
* If two bodies collide, each with custom contact models having different equations, theminimum normal and friction force values as computed by the MSC VisualNastran Desktop simulation engine will be used.The results from the analyses provide the time history of the net horizontal displacement of theHI-TRAC cask and the interface loads between the cask pool lid and the supporting structure.
These results are further processed and compared with appropriate allowables to meet theacceptance criteria.
Subsequently, the structural integrity of the leveling platform and the pool slab are assessedusing the peak impact load from the VN dynamic simulation for SSE and OBE events.Page 8 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 2.2 Acceptance Criteria2.2.1 Per Assumption 3.6, the cask is positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.
PerAppendix E, the minimum gap between the cask and surrounding structures is 4.8125",existing between the HI-TRAC cask and the N2 rack. The maximum displacement ofracks (at the top and bottom comers) in the two horizontal directions from Tables 6.7.2and 6.7.3 of [5.5] is 0.3881".
Based on these inputs, the maximum allowable HI-TRACcask displacement is 4.4244" (= 4.8125" -0.3881")
in E-W or N-S direction.
Per [5.15],the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3",existing between the platform and the North Wall. Therefore, the maximum allowable leveling platform displacement is 2.6119" (= 3" -0.3881").
2.2.2 The net effective load on the pool slab from the spent fuel racks in Campaign II and IIIconfiguration (racks N1 through N5 and E1 through El0 with regular fuel), plus a loadedHI-TRAC cask, must be within the calculated floor slab capacity based on Pilgrim FSARdesign criteria for concrete structures.
Page 9 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report FHI-2104715


==3.0 ASSUMPTIONS==
==3.0 ASSUMPTIONS==
3.1 In the dynamic analysis that qualifies the application, the loaded cask is simulated as asingle freestanding rigid body with appropriate  
3.1 In the dynamic analysis that qualifies the application, the loaded cask is simulated as a single freestanding rigid body with appropriate geometry, mass, and inertia properties obtained by adding the contribution of the component parts. The component parts of the system are constrained to move as a single body. This is conservative as it neglects rattling of the internals, which would serve to dissipate energy.3.2 During the dynamic analyses, any hydrodynamic coupling in the annulus between the MPC and the HI-TRAC is neglected.
: geometry, mass, and inertia properties obtained by adding the contribution of the component parts. The component parts of thesystem are constrained to move as a single body. This is conservative as it neglectsrattling of the internals, which would serve to dissipate energy.3.2 During the dynamic analyses, any hydrodynamic coupling in the annulus between theMPC and the HI-TRAC is neglected.
This is conservative since this coupling serves to dampen the response and absorb lateral energy.3.3 The heaviest weight system is used in the seismic analysis; the results from this analysis will bound the results from any other configuration.
This is conservative since this coupling serves todampen the response and absorb lateral energy.3.3 The heaviest weight system is used in the seismic analysis; the results from this analysiswill bound the results from any other configuration.
This is a conservative assumption which maximizes the vertical load on the slab. For pure sliding, the weight does not enter into the equations of motion.3.4 The upper bound coefficient of friction (COF) between HI-TRAC pool lid and slab is taken as 0.8. The lower bound COF is conservatively taken as 0.2.3.5 The effects of the surrounding fluid are incorporated into the model in accordance with established principles  
This is a conservative assumption which maximizes the vertical load on the slab. For pure sliding, the weight does not enterinto the equations of motion.3.4 The upper bound coefficient of friction (COF) between HI-TRAC pool lid and slab istaken as 0.8. The lower bound COF is conservatively taken as 0.2.3.5 The effects of the surrounding fluid are incorporated into the model in accordance withestablished principles  
[5.6, 5.7]. Any increase in hydrodynamic mass occurring from changes in cask location relative to the wall or adjacent racks, is conservatively neglected.
[5.6, 5.7]. Any increase in hydrodynamic mass occurring fromchanges in cask location relative to the wall or adjacent racks, is conservatively neglected.
3.6 The cask is assumed to be positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.Page 10 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
3.6 The cask is assumed to be positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 4.0 INPUT DATA 4.1 Input Weights for Dynamic Analysis Loaded HI-TRAC IOOD bounding weight: 191,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])HI-TRAC IOOD Pool lid -8,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])Note that Case 7 in Table 7.0.2 of [5.18] for the loaded HI-TRAC weight when lifted for removal from the SFP specifies a weight of 196,716 lb, which is greater than the 191,000 lb input above.However, there is an approximate 5% overestimation in the computed weight of 196,716 lb in Table 7.0.2 [5.18] (see footnote of Table 7.0.2). The actual weight of the HI-TRAC can be reasonably estimated to be 196,716 lb x (100% -5%) = 186,880 lb, which is less than 191,000 lb. Therefore, the use of 191,000 lb as HI-TRAC weight in this analysis is conservative and acceptable.
Page 10 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 4.0 INPUT DATA4.1 Input Weights for Dynamic AnalysisLoaded HI-TRAC IOOD bounding weight: 191,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])HI-TRAC IOOD Pool lid -8,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])Note that Case 7 in Table 7.0.2 of [5.18] for the loaded HI-TRAC weight when lifted for removalfrom the SFP specifies a weight of 196,716 lb, which is greater than the 191,000 lb input above.However, there is an approximate 5% overestimation in the computed weight of 196,716 lb inTable 7.0.2 [5.18] (see footnote of Table 7.0.2). The actual weight of the HI-TRAC can bereasonably estimated to be 196,716 lb x (100% -5%) = 186,880 lb, which is less than 191,000lb. Therefore, the use of 191,000 lb as HI-TRAC weight in this analysis is conservative andacceptable.
The effect of the surrounding fluid (hydrodynamic) mass is included in the analysis.
The effect of the surrounding fluid (hydrodynamic) mass is included in the analysis.
Theappropriate added mass value is computed in Appendix E.4.2 Seismic InputsThe baseline-corrected (performed in Appendix G) 20-second duration acceleration timehistories appropriate to SFP floor elevation for SSE condition  
The appropriate added mass value is computed in Appendix E.4.2 Seismic Inputs The baseline-corrected (performed in Appendix G) 20-second duration acceleration time histories appropriate to SFP floor elevation for SSE condition  
[5.3] are used as input in the VNsimulation model.4.3 Frictional InputTo establish bounding  
[5.3] are used as input in the VN simulation model.4.3 Frictional Input To establish bounding results, the coefficient of friction (COF) at the contact interface between the HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface are evaluated at 0.2 and 0.8. An additional case Page 11 of 28 G:\Projects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 with COF value of 0.5 at the above mentioned interface is included in the analyses as a sensitivity study.5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES 5.1 References
: results, the coefficient of friction (COF) at the contact interface betweenthe HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface are evaluated at 0.2 and 0.8. An additional casePage 11 of 28G:\Projects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7I Project 1916Report HI-2104715 with COF value of 0.5 at the above mentioned interface is included in the analyses as asensitivity study.5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES5.1 References
[5.1] VisualNastran 2004, MSC Software, 2004.[5.2] Holtec Position Paper DS-340, Rev. 1, QUANTIFYING THE DAMPING FACTOR FOR LOW VELOCITY IMPACTS IN THE HI-STORM SYSTEM.[5.3] Holtec Report HI-92926, Synthetic Seismic Acceleration Time-histories of the Spent Fuel Pool Slab for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, Rev. 0, Project 20930.[5.4] Holtec Report HI-92952, Calculation Package For Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool Slab Structural Requalification, Rev. 1.[5.5] Holtec Report HI-92925, Licensing Report For Spent Fuel Storage Capacity Expansion at Pilgrim Station, Rev. 1.[5.6] Holtec Position Paper DS-246, Seismic Analysis of Submerged Bodies, Rev. 2, Jan.2006.[5.7] ASCE Publication 4-98, Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures, Subsection C3.1.6.2.[5.8] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9.[5.9] Holtec Drawing 1074, Pool Layout -Campaign I for Spent Fuel Storage Racks, Rev. 1.[5.10] Theory of Elasticity, Timoshenko, S. P., Goodier, J. N., 3 rd Edition, 1970, Mc Graw-Hill.[5.11] ACI 349-85, "Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures".
[5.1] VisualNastran 2004, MSC Software, 2004.[5.2] Holtec Position Paper DS-340, Rev. 1, QUANTIFYING THE DAMPING FACTORFOR LOW VELOCITY IMPACTS IN THE HI-STORM SYSTEM.[5.3] Holtec Report HI-92926, Synthetic Seismic Acceleration Time-histories of theSpent Fuel Pool Slab for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, Rev. 0, Project 20930.[5.4] Holtec Report HI-92952, Calculation Package For Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool SlabStructural Requalification, Rev. 1.[5.5] Holtec Report HI-92925, Licensing Report For Spent Fuel Storage CapacityExpansion at Pilgrim Station, Rev. 1.[5.6] Holtec Position Paper DS-246, Seismic Analysis of Submerged Bodies, Rev. 2, Jan.2006.[5.7] ASCE Publication 4-98, Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures, Subsection C3.1.6.2.
[5.12] Holtec Drawing 4130, Rev. 13, HI-TRAC 100D.[5.13] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev. 7, Leveling Platform Adjustable Assembly, Page 12 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
[5.8] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9.[5.9] Holtec Drawing 1074, Pool Layout -Campaign I for Spent Fuel Storage Racks,Rev. 1.[5.10] Theory of Elasticity, Timoshenko, S. P., Goodier, J. N., 3rd Edition, 1970, Mc Graw-Hill.[5.11] ACI 349-85, "Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures".
Project 1916[5.14][5.15][5.161[5.17][5.181 Report HI-2104715 Holtec Purchase Specification, PS-5256, Rev. 0, Purchase Specification for Pilgrim Leveling Platform.Holtec Drawing 8777, Rev. 5, Spent Fuel Pool Dry Cask Configuration.
[5.12] Holtec Drawing 4130, Rev. 13, HI-TRAC 100D.[5.13] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev. 7, Leveling Platform Adjustable  
ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".
: Assembly, Page 12 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
ASME CODE, Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.Holtec Report HI-2104716, Cask Handling Weights and Cask Handling Dimensions at Pilgrim, Rev. 2.5.2 Computer Codes and Files Appendix C contains the listing of approved computer codes used for this calculation.
Project 1916[5.14][5.15][5.161[5.17][5.181Report HI-2104715 Holtec Purchase Specification, PS-5256, Rev. 0, Purchase Specification for PilgrimLeveling Platform.
All relevant computer files associated with this calculation package are archived on the Holtec Server and saved on the network under: G." IProjectsi 19161REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evahlation TRev 7 The old revisions are saved at G: \Projects  
Holtec Drawing 8777, Rev. 5, Spent Fuel Pool Dry Cask Configuration.
\1916\REPORTSýStructural Reports\SFP EvaluationlRev 6 G: Projects \1916ýREPORTSIStructural ReportsISFP Evaluation 5 G: IProjects 19166REPORTSIStructural Reports ýSFP Evahlation  
ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design,Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".
ýRev 4 G: Wrojects 1916REPORTSYStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 3 G: ýProjects l 1916IREPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation Iev 2 G: Projects 1916ýREPORTSIStructural Reports MSFP Evaluation IRev 1 G: Projects I 9196REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 0 Page 13 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structurai Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715 6.0 ANALYSES Dynamic simulations are performed for SSE condition with 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 coefficients of friction (COF) for the contact interface between the HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface. The effect of the water in the cask loading area is included in the dynamic model in the form of a hydrodynamic mass that is added to the structural mass, and a displaced mass term that serves to reduce the magnitude of the driving force input. Appendix E computes the hydrodynamic mass for the HI-TRAC, accounting for the confinement due to the adjacent wall and spent fuel racks. Figure 2 shows the total mass (structural plus hydrodynamic) and inertia properties associated with the cask. Figure 3 shows the additional constant upward force added to the loaded HI-TRAC cask, to ensure that the net vertical force is corrected for the automatic inclusion (by the VN algorithm) of the horizontal hydrodynamic mass in the vertical direction.
ASME CODE, Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.Holtec Report HI-2104716, Cask Handling Weights and Cask Handling Dimensions at Pilgrim, Rev. 2.5.2 Computer Codes and FilesAppendix C contains the listing of approved computer codes used for this calculation.
Figure 4 shows the three directional inertia forces applied at the centroid of the HI-TRAC cask.The facet calculation for cylindrical surface is presented in Appendix A. The contact interface between the pool lid and the support surface in VN is simulated using a "custom contact" model with appropriate local stiffness and damping as evaluated in Appendix B. The frictional force at each contact interface is evaluated as the product of the COF and the instantaneous normal force evaluated by the VN dynamic code. Figures 5 and 6 show the stiffness, damping and friction coefficient inputs to the VN model at the HI-TRAC pool lid/support structure interface.
Allrelevant computer files associated with this calculation package are archived on the HoltecServer and saved on the network under:G." IProjectsi 19161REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evahlation TRev 7The old revisions are saved atG: \Projects  
Appendix D presents the derivation of the relationship between coefficient of restitution and damping. Appendix G performs baseline correction on the original SSE acceleration time histories to obtain baseline-corrected time histories.
\1916\REPORTSýStructural Reports\SFP EvaluationlRev 6G: Projects  
Appendix H evaluates the lifting of the leveling platform to meet the requirements of [5.14].Appendix I demonstrates the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration in consideration of non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference
\1916ýREPORTSIStructural ReportsISFP Evaluation 5G: IProjects 19166REPORTSIStructural Reports ýSFP Evahlation  
[5.4]).Page 14 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
ýRev 4G: Wrojects 1916REPORTSYStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 3G: ýProjects l 1916IREPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation Iev 2G: Projects 1916ýREPORTSIStructural Reports MSFP Evaluation IRev 1G: Projects I 9196REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 0Page 13 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structurai Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7I Project 1916Report 1-H-2104715 6.0 ANALYSESDynamic simulations are performed for SSE condition with 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 coefficients offriction (COF) for the contact interface between the HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface.
Project 1916 Report I-1-2104715 Appendix J addresses the structural qualification of the leveling platform [5.13] that supports the HI-TRAC cask and bears on the SFP floor slab. It demonstrates that the leveling platform is structurally adequate to support the HI-TRAC 100D cask under the normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
The effect of the water in the cask loading area is included in the dynamic model in theform of a hydrodynamic mass that is added to the structural mass, and a displaced mass term thatserves to reduce the magnitude of the driving force input. Appendix E computes thehydrodynamic mass for the HI-TRAC, accounting for the confinement due to the adjacent walland spent fuel racks. Figure 2 shows the total mass (structural plus hydrodynamic) and inertiaproperties associated with the cask. Figure 3 shows the additional constant upward force addedto the loaded HI-TRAC cask, to ensure that the net vertical force is corrected for the automatic inclusion (by the VN algorithm) of the horizontal hydrodynamic mass in the vertical direction.
Appendices K and L are supplements to Appendix J providing ANSYS input files and output files for weld evaluation.
Figure 4 shows the three directional inertia forces applied at the centroid of the HI-TRAC cask.The facet calculation for cylindrical surface is presented in Appendix A. The contact interface between the pool lid and the support surface in VN is simulated using a "custom contact" modelwith appropriate local stiffness and damping as evaluated in Appendix B. The frictional force ateach contact interface is evaluated as the product of the COF and the instantaneous normal forceevaluated by the VN dynamic code. Figures 5 and 6 show the stiffness, damping and frictioncoefficient inputs to the VN model at the HI-TRAC pool lid/support structure interface.
7.0 RESULTS 7.1 HI-TRAC Stability In this section, the results from the dynamic simulations of HI-TRAC seismic response in the cask area at El. 74.25' are documented.
Appendix D presents the derivation of the relationship between coefficient of restitution anddamping.
Figure 7 shows time history plot of typical impact force on the slab and Figure 8 shows maximum displacement at the top of the HI-TRAC cask in the cask area under the SSE seismic excitation with 0.8 COF at the pool lid/SFP floor interface.
Appendix G performs baseline correction on the original SSE acceleration timehistories to obtain baseline-corrected time histories.
The COF between the HI-TRAC base (pool lid) and SFP slab is taken as 0.8 (upper bound) and 0.2 (lower bound) per assumption 3.4. An additional case with COF value of 0.5 is also performed.
Appendix H evaluates the lifting of the leveling platform to meet the requirements of [5.14].Appendix I demonstrates the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and IIIconfiguration in consideration of non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference
Hence, a total of three SSE runs were made and results are tabulated in Table 1. Table 1 summarizes the results for maximum displacements at the top of the cask, peak vertical loads, and peak frictional forces between pool lid and slab interface for the three cases considered.
[5.4]).Page 14 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
The maximum lateral displacement (in H1 or H2 direction) of the top of the HI-TRAC is observed to be 2.458" for the postulated SSE seismic event. The resulting safety factor against impact with the surrounding structures and the loaded HI-TRAC is 1 (4.4244" / 2.458") (see Section 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 4.4244").
Project 1916Report I-1-2104715 Appendix J addresses the structural qualification of the leveling platform  
The maximum lateral displacement of the bottom of the HI-TRAC is observed to be 2.450" for the postulated SSE seismic event. The worst scenario is observed when the HI-TRAC and the leveling platform move as one. The resulting safety factor against impact with the surrounding structures and the loaded leveling platform is 1.07 (2.6119" / 2.450") (see Section 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 2.6119").Page 15 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
[5.13] that supports theHI-TRAC cask and bears on the SFP floor slab. It demonstrates that the leveling platform isstructurally adequate to support the HI-TRAC 100D cask under the normal, SSE and OBEconditions.
Project 1916 Report 2104715 The peak vertical force on the cask loading area slab at any time instant is obtained as 511,750 lbf under SSE condition, as seen from Table 1.Table 1: Peak Results from Dynamic Analyses of HI-TRAC Cask under SSE Event COF Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum between Y-Directional X-Directional Y-Directional X-Directional Peak Peak HI- (112)(HI) (112) (1) Vertical Frictiona Case TRAC (H)(2 H) Displacement[
Appendices K and L are supplements to Appendix J providing ANSYS input filesand output files for weld evaluation.
Displacement Displacement Displacement of Load I Force Pool Lid of Bottom of of top of HI- of top of HI- Bottom of HI- (lb.) (lb.)and SFP HI-TRAC (l. (b)TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.)Floor (in.)Case 1 0.2 2.458 1.096 2.450 1.063 212,520 42,420 Case 2 0.5 0.922 0.846 0.161 0.184 391,500 194,420 Case 3 0.8 1.369 1.343 0.083 0.163 511,750 387,900 Since SSE seismic event is stronger than OBE event, the analysis is not repeated for the OBE event. As shown in Section 7.2, an evaluation of current configuration under OBE event is unwarranted.
7.0 RESULTS7.1 HI-TRAC Stability In this section, the results from the dynamic simulations of HI-TRAC seismic response in thecask area at El. 74.25' are documented.
Figure 7 shows time history plot of typical impact forceon the slab and Figure 8 shows maximum displacement at the top of the HI-TRAC cask in thecask area under the SSE seismic excitation with 0.8 COF at the pool lid/SFP floor interface.
TheCOF between the HI-TRAC base (pool lid) and SFP slab is taken as 0.8 (upper bound) and 0.2(lower bound) per assumption 3.4. An additional case with COF value of 0.5 is also performed.
Hence, a total of three SSE runs were made and results are tabulated in Table 1. Table 1summarizes the results for maximum displacements at the top of the cask, peak vertical loads,and peak frictional forces between pool lid and slab interface for the three cases considered.
The maximum lateral displacement (in H1 or H2 direction) of the top of the HI-TRAC isobserved to be 2.458" for the postulated SSE seismic event. The resulting safety factor againstimpact with the surrounding structures and the loaded HI-TRAC is 1 (4.4244"  
/ 2.458") (seeSection 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 4.4244").
The maximum lateral displacement ofthe bottom of the HI-TRAC is observed to be 2.450" for the postulated SSE seismic event. Theworst scenario is observed when the HI-TRAC and the leveling platform move as one. Theresulting safety factor against impact with the surrounding structures and the loaded levelingplatform is 1.07 (2.6119"  
/ 2.450") (see Section 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 2.6119").
Page 15 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report 2104715 The peak vertical force on the cask loading area slab at any time instant is obtained as 511,750lbf under SSE condition, as seen from Table 1.Table 1: Peak Results from Dynamic Analyses of HI-TRAC Cask under SSE EventCOF MaximumMaximum Maximum Maximumbetween Y-Directional X-Directional Y-Directional X-Directional Peak PeakHI- (112)(HI) (112) (1) Vertical Frictiona Case TRAC (H)(2 H) Displacement[
Displacement Displacement Displacement of Load I ForcePool Lid of Bottom ofof top of HI- of top of HI- Bottom of HI- (lb.) (lb.)and SFP HI-TRAC (l. (b)TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.)Floor (in.)Case 1 0.2 2.458 1.096 2.450 1.063 212,520 42,420Case 2 0.5 0.922 0.846 0.161 0.184 391,500 194,420Case 3 0.8 1.369 1.343 0.083 0.163 511,750 387,900Since SSE seismic event is stronger than OBE event, the analysis is not repeated for the OBEevent. As shown in Section 7.2, an evaluation of current configuration under OBE event isunwarranted.
7.2 Pool Slab Assessment For reference only, the net resultant load on the SFP slab from the Final Reracked Configuration
7.2 Pool Slab Assessment For reference only, the net resultant load on the SFP slab from the Final Reracked Configuration
[5.4] (with regular fuel) and that from Campaign II racks (racks El through ElO, plus NIthrough N4) and Campaign III rack (rack N5) (with regular fuel, i.e., 680 lbf fuel) including aloaded cask in the cask area, are presented below. Please note that Campaign III rack N6 is notincluded in the load summation for Campaigns II and III since the Rack N6 cannot co-exist withthe HI-TRAC cask. The dead load of the racks from both Campaign II, III and Final RerackedConfiguration are directly obtained by summing the individual rack weight and the fuel within[5.5]. The maximum dead load on the SFP floor is 191,000 lbs (Table 3.2.2 of [5.8]) and itoccurs when the loaded HI-TRAC cask is placed on the floor. Table 2 compares the dynamicloads on the slab under the SSE event, from the Final Reracked Configuration and the CampaignII and III Configuration including a loaded HI-TRAC.Page 16 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
[5.4] (with regular fuel) and that from Campaign II racks (racks El through ElO, plus NI through N4) and Campaign III rack (rack N5) (with regular fuel, i.e., 680 lbf fuel) including a loaded cask in the cask area, are presented below. Please note that Campaign III rack N6 is not included in the load summation for Campaigns II and III since the Rack N6 cannot co-exist with the HI-TRAC cask. The dead load of the racks from both Campaign II, III and Final Reracked Configuration are directly obtained by summing the individual rack weight and the fuel within[5.5]. The maximum dead load on the SFP floor is 191,000 lbs (Table 3.2.2 of [5.8]) and it occurs when the loaded HI-TRAC cask is placed on the floor. Table 2 compares the dynamic loads on the slab under the SSE event, from the Final Reracked Configuration and the Campaign II and III Configuration including a loaded HI-TRAC.Page 16 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report M-2104715 Table 2: Comparison of Total Dynamic Loads on SlabCampaigns II andFinal Reracked III (Racks El thruLoad Classification  
Project 1916 Report M-2104715 Table 2: Comparison of Total Dynamic Loads on Slab Campaigns II and Final Reracked III (Racks El thru Load Classification  
/ Pool Configuration El0 and N1 thruLayout (regular fuel) N5) (regular fuel)(SSE) Including Loaded Cask (SSE)Dead Load on Slab from Fully 3,112,220 2,949,480 Loaded Racks (Dr), lbf §Dead Load on Slab from Fully 191,000Loaded Cask (DJ), lbfDynamic Adder from Rack0.372 0.372Dynamic Analysis (Ar) +Dynamic Adder from Cask0 1.680Dynamic Analysis (AJ) *Buoyancy Factor (B) y 0.873 0.873Total Dynamic Load[Drx B x (1 + Ar)] + [D, x (1 + 3,727,680 4,044,638 A.)]§ The dead loads on slab (Dr) are calculated in Appendix F. All of the racks present in a configuration are fully loaded withregular fuel weighing 680 lbf.*The dynamic adder from the cask dynamic analysis is incremental factor applied to the dead load to obtain the seismic load(Ac = 511,750/191,000  
/ Pool Configuration El0 and N1 thru Layout (regular fuel) N5) (regular fuel)(SSE) Including Loaded Cask (SSE)Dead Load on Slab from Fully 3,112,220 2,949,480 Loaded Racks (Dr), lbf §Dead Load on Slab from Fully 191,000 Loaded Cask (DJ), lbf Dynamic Adder from Rack 0.372 0.372 Dynamic Analysis (Ar) +Dynamic Adder from Cask 0 1.680 Dynamic Analysis (AJ) *Buoyancy Factor (B) y 0.873 0.873 Total Dynamic Load[Drx B x (1 + Ar)] + [D, x (1 + 3,727,680 4,044,638 A.)]§ The dead loads on slab (Dr) are calculated in Appendix F. All of the racks present in a configuration are fully loaded with regular fuel weighing 680 lbf.*The dynamic adder from the cask dynamic analysis is incremental factor applied to the dead load to obtain the seismic load (Ac = 511,750/191,000  
-I = 1.680).4The dynamic adders from the rack seismic analysis Ar are the incremental factor applied to the submerged weight of the loadedracks to obtain the seismic load. They are calculated in Appendix F. Although the calculated dynamic adder is for the FinalReracked Configuration racks, it is used for the Campaign II and III racks as well. Since the total mass of fuel and the number offuel cells in the Final Reracked Configuration racks is considerably higher than the corresponding numbers for the Campaign IIand Ill racks, it is justifiable to use the dynamic adder from the Final Reracked Configuration to calculate the total dynamic loadfor the Campaign II and III racks.y The multipliers applied to the dry weight of the racks plus fuel to account for buoyancy effects in water are calculated inAppendix F.Page 17 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
-I = 1.680).4The dynamic adders from the rack seismic analysis Ar are the incremental factor applied to the submerged weight of the loaded racks to obtain the seismic load. They are calculated in Appendix F. Although the calculated dynamic adder is for the Final Reracked Configuration racks, it is used for the Campaign II and III racks as well. Since the total mass of fuel and the number of fuel cells in the Final Reracked Configuration racks is considerably higher than the corresponding numbers for the Campaign II and Ill racks, it is justifiable to use the dynamic adder from the Final Reracked Configuration to calculate the total dynamic load for the Campaign II and III racks.y The multipliers applied to the dry weight of the racks plus fuel to account for buoyancy effects in water are calculated in Appendix F.Page 17 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report 1-2104715 7.2.1 Slab Capacity CheckIt is recognized that the finite element model described in Ref. [5.4] is non-conservative becauseit credits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. further evaluation is needed forthe slab under the effective load from the Campaign II and III racks plus the loaded HI-TRAC.Therefore, Appendix I is added herein to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the spent fuelslab in Campaign II and III configuration without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The minimum factor of safety for slab flexural capacity presented is Appendix Iis 1.228.7.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear CheckThe HI-TRAC cask is supported by the leveling platform in the spent fuel pool per [5.14] and theadjustable support pedestals of the leveling platform assembly are contacting with the slab.Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the leveling platformin supporting the HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 7.2.1 Slab Capacity Check It is recognized that the finite element model described in Ref. [5.4] is non-conservative because it credits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. further evaluation is needed for the slab under the effective load from the Campaign II and III racks plus the loaded HI-TRAC.Therefore, Appendix I is added herein to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the spent fuel slab in Campaign II and III configuration without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The minimum factor of safety for slab flexural capacity presented is Appendix I is 1.228.7.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear Check The HI-TRAC cask is supported by the leveling platform in the spent fuel pool per [5.14] and the adjustable support pedestals of the leveling platform assembly are contacting with the slab.Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the leveling platform in supporting the HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
Since the load from the loaded cask is concentrated on the spent fuel pool slab through theleveling platform pedestals, local punching shear and bearing evaluation are performed below.To evaluate the punching shear on the slab at a location of impact, the maximum allowable punching shear force is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ].The distance from the most compressed fiber to the tensile reinforcement is:d = 57 in. Page 6-90 of [5.4]Leveling Platform adjustable support diameter (chamfer considered):
Since the load from the loaded cask is concentrated on the spent fuel pool slab through the leveling platform pedestals, local punching shear and bearing evaluation are performed below.To evaluate the punching shear on the slab at a location of impact, the maximum allowable punching shear force is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ].The distance from the most compressed fiber to the tensile reinforcement is: d = 57 in. Page 6-90 of [5.4]Leveling Platform adjustable support diameter (chamfer considered):
D = 4.75 in. [5.13]Page 18 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
D = 4.75 in. [5.13]Page 18 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report 1I-2104715 Bearing Pad thickness:
Project 1916 Report 1I-2104715 Bearing Pad thickness:
t = 2 in. [5.15]Assume the pedestal load spreading of 45 deg. through the bearing pad.The effective perimeter around the impact location is:bo = 2 x n x (D + 2xt + d) bo = 413 in.(Note that the load is conservatively assumed to be applied to only two pedestals due to rockingin the SSE and the OBE conditions.
t = 2 in. [5.15]Assume the pedestal load spreading of 45 deg. through the bearing pad.The effective perimeter around the impact location is: bo = 2 x n x (D + 2xt + d) bo = 413 in.(Note that the load is conservatively assumed to be applied to only two pedestals due to rocking in the SSE and the OBE conditions.
The same assumption is also used in Appendix J inevaluating the leveling platform)
The same assumption is also used in Appendix J in evaluating the leveling platform)Concrete compressive strength:
Concrete compressive strength:
fc = 4,000 psi Page 6-90 of [5.4]Therefore, the punching shear capacity is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ] as: Vcap = 0.85 X 4 X (f)1 2 X b 0 x d Vcap = 5,063,600 lbf The maximum impact load from the loaded cask is: Vimp = 511,750 lbf (Table 1)Therefore the safety factor against a punching shear failure of the slab is: SF = Vcap/ Vimp SF p9.89 The bearing capacity of the concrete slab is calculated per ACI Code [5.11] as: S 1 ar = 2 x 0.85 x 0.7 x fc Sjear = 4,760 psi The bearing stress on concrete slab based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate is calculated as: S. = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D+2xt)
fc = 4,000 psi Page 6-90 of [5.4]Therefore, the punching shear capacity is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ] as:Vcap = 0.85 X 4 X (f)12 X b0 x d Vcap = 5,063,600 lbfThe maximum impact load from the loaded cask is:Vimp = 511,750 lbf (Table 1)Therefore the safety factor against a punching shear failure of the slab is:SF = Vcap/ Vimp SF p9.89The bearing capacity of the concrete slab is calculated per ACI Code [5.11] as:S1ar = 2 x 0.85 x 0.7 x fc Sjear = 4,760 psiThe bearing stress on concrete slab based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate iscalculated as:S. = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D+2xt)
: 2) S. = 4,255 psi Therefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the concrete slab is: SF = Sbear/ Sas SF- 1.2 Page 19 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
: 2) S. = 4,255 psiTherefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the concrete slab is:SF = Sbear/ Sas SF- 1.2Page 19 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 The bearing capacity of the bearing pad is calculated per AISC [5.16] as: Sbarbp = 0.9X27,500 psi Sbearbp = 24,750 psi Where 27,500 psi is the yield strength of SA-240-304 at 150 deg. F per [5.17].The bearing stress on bearing pads based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate is calculated as: Sas_bp = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D)
Project 1916Report 1-2104715 The bearing capacity of the bearing pad is calculated per AISC [5.16] as:Sbarbp = 0.9X27,500 psi Sbearbp = 24,750 psiWhere 27,500 psi is the yield strength of SA-240-304 at 150 deg. F per [5.17].The bearing stress on bearing pads based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate iscalculated as:Sas_bp = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D)
: 2) Sasbp = 14,440 psi Therefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the bearing pads is: SF = Sbe.b p/ Sasbp ;SF 1.71l The above calculated safety factors are for the SSE event. As for the OBE event, ACI code (Section 9.2.1 of [5.11]) defines 1.7 and 1.4 as the load factors for impact load and dead load, respectively.
: 2) Sasbp = 14,440 psiTherefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the bearing pads is:SF = Sbe.b p/ Sasbp ;SF 1.71lThe above calculated safety factors are for the SSE event. As for the OBE event, ACI code(Section 9.2.1 of [5.11]) defines 1.7 and 1.4 as the load factors for impact load and dead load,respectively.
Note that the above calculated safety factors for concrete are both greater than 1.7, therefore, the corresponding safety factors for OBE events will be greater than 1.0, even if the SSE results are conservatively used as OBE results. Hence it is confirmed that an evaluation of OBE events are unwarranted.
Note that the above calculated safety factors for concrete are both greater than 1.7,therefore, the corresponding safety factors for OBE events will be greater than 1.0, even if theSSE results are conservatively used as OBE results.
Page 20 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Hence it is confirmed that an evaluation ofOBE events are unwarranted.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715
Page 20 of 28G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715


==8.0 CONCLUSION==
==8.0 CONCLUSION==
S It is demonstrated in the foregoing sections that the maximum lateral excursion of the HI-TRACis 2.458" at the top of the cask, which is less than the allowable excursion of 4.4244" betweenthe HI-TRAC and the surrounding structures.
S It is demonstrated in the foregoing sections that the maximum lateral excursion of the HI-TRAC is 2.458" at the top of the cask, which is less than the allowable excursion of 4.4244" between the HI-TRAC and the surrounding structures.
It is further shown that the HI-TRAC cask remainsstable at the conclusion of the 20 seconds duration SSE seismic event (bounding).
It is further shown that the HI-TRAC cask remains stable at the conclusion of the 20 seconds duration SSE seismic event (bounding).
It is shown that the spent fuel slab floor is structurally adequate in the current configuration (Campaign II and III racks with regular fuel plus the loaded cask) under the postulated SSE andOBE events without the temporary columns.
It is shown that the spent fuel slab floor is structurally adequate in the current configuration (Campaign II and III racks with regular fuel plus the loaded cask) under the postulated SSE and OBE events without the temporary columns. The leveling platform is also structurally adequate to support the loaded HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
The leveling platform is also structurally adequateto support the loaded HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.
The safety factor for slab flexural loading is 1.228. The safety factor against the local punching of the slab is shown to be 9.89, based on the peak load on the slab from the HI-TRAC cask seismic analysis.The safety factor of the slab against the bearing is shown to be 1.12.It is therefore concluded that the HI-TRAC cask, when submerged in water in the spent fuel pool at El. 74.25' at Pilgrim, has adequate margins in terms of the kinematic stability and the slab structural integrity.
The safety factorfor slab flexural loading is 1.228. The safety factor against the local punching of the slab isshown to be 9.89, based on the peak load on the slab from the HI-TRAC cask seismic analysis.
Page 21 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
The safety factor of the slab against the bearing is shown to be 1.12.It is therefore concluded that the HI-TRAC cask, when submerged in water in the spent fuel poolat El. 74.25' at Pilgrim, has adequate margins in terms of the kinematic stability and the slabstructural integrity.
Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715 9.0 FIGURES The VN graphical outputs (result plots) and input screen captures in this section correspond to the HI-TRAC cask simulation under SSE event with 0.8 COF at the HI-TRAC base (Pool Lid)/SFP floor interface.
Page 21 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Similar plots can be obtained for other simulations (including 0.2 and 0.5 COF at HI-TRAC base (Pool Lid)/SFP floor interface) which are archived on the Holtec network.Figure 1. Model of Loaded HI-TRAC Cask on Slab Page 22 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report 1-H-2104715 9.0 FIGURESThe VN graphical outputs (result plots) and input screen captures in this section correspond tothe HI-TRAC cask simulation under SSE event with 0.8 COF at the HI-TRAC base (PoolLid)/SFP floor interface.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Proeries of bod[2 "HJ~ C ?Vel Material Cylinder.
Similar plots can be obtained for other simulations (including 0.2 and0.5 COF at HI-TRAC base (Pool Lid)/SFP floor interface) which are archived on the Holtecnetwork.Figure 1. Model of Loaded HI-TRAC Cask on SlabPage 22 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Central Inertia Contact j FEA FDensity Mass 1311795.520 Ibm r~ ensitY Mass I ...... ... .: ...............  
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 Proeries of bod[2 "HJ~ C ?Vel Material Cylinder.
.b C Uniform ( Custom i bm in'2 0 000 1 0.. ..09 -7. ....0.. t0.0! ....... ... .. ... oo o o o .. ...... .f ~ -1990..011600000.000 j~° ... ......... ..(Inertia about center of .masialigned with body axes)ppys Help... * ,.,,- .: ,.," " ..... ...o. ......Vel" Material Cylinder [Central .nertialI Contact1 FEiA 4 L Material Properties C[ ustom material for body[2] ., .,:'!.Mass F311795.520 Ibm Volume 11 in.3 Coeff. Restitution 10.254 ...Coeff. Friction 0.800 C lPpy Help Figure 2. Mass Properties (including hydrodynamic mass) of HI-TRAC Page 23 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report MI-2104715
Central Inertia Contact j FEAFDensity Mass 1311795.520 Ibmr~ ensitY Mass I ...... ... .: ...............  
= ;.,~~ ~ ~ .x-ýM , 7_ " " Appearance  
.bC Uniform( Customi bm in'20 000 1 0.. ..09 -7. ....0.. t0.0! ....... ... .. ... oo o o o .. ...... .f ~ -1990..011600000.000 j~° ... ......... ..(Inertia about center of .masialigned with body axes)ppys Help... * ,.,,- .: ,.," " ..... ...o. ......Vel" Material Cylinder  
~Structural Load jActive Y o.10o00 lbf Z J164265.192 lj bf Frame ...- ...... .'r World 0-:8'dy C Coord rCoordinates
[Central  
.nertialI Contact1 FEiA 4L Material Properties C[ ustom material for body[2] ., .,:'!.Mass F311795.520 IbmVolume 11 in.3Coeff. Restitution 10.254 ...Coeff. Friction 0.800C lPpy HelpFigure 2. Mass Properties (including hydrodynamic mass) of HI-TRACPage 23 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7I Project 1916Report MI-2104715
= ;.,~~ ~ ~ .x-ýM , 7_ " "Appearance  
~Structural Load jActiveY o.10o00 lbfZ J164265.192 lj bfFrame ...- ...... .'r World0-:8'dyC CoordrCoordinates
(* Cartesian  
(* Cartesian  
!C Cylindrical C Face normalFigure 3.Constant Buoyancy Force Applid Et C aPFigure 3. Constant Buoyancy Force Applied to CaskPage 24 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
!C Cylindrical C Face normal Figure 3.Constant Buoyancy Force Applid Et C aP Figure 3. Constant Buoyancy Force Applied to Cask Page 24 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 ,Edit For ula I .'m 1w 4, Graph Property.
,Edit For ulaI .'m 1w 4,Graph Property.
Math Logic Function.e'v 7C ?I, IN M-191 000(input[16])
Math Logic Function.
Ibf 9000o0.0ao.0.ooG.aogea5.oo6oo0(.oD8.oo9.aooJ.a(Time (sec)----------  
e'v 7C ?I, INM-191 000(input[16])
-A.6 I. EdtFomlaM Graph Property:
Ibf9000o0.0ao.0.ooG.aogea5.oo6oo0(.oD8.oo9.aooJ.a(
Time (sec)----------  
-A.6I. EdtFomlaM Graph Property:
Math Logic Function'we X "v W Tj 0 ffl N-191 000([input[391)
Math Logic Function'we X "v W Tj 0 ffl N-191 000([input[391)
Ibf.............  
Ibf.............  
.Ei t orulGraph Property Math Logic Function'r Ni 7E q El ffl 1bf-191 000'input[4011 IbiIA~4==Tlme(see)
.Ei t orul Graph Property Math Logic Function'r Ni 7E q El ffl 1bf-191 000'input[4011 Ibi IA~4==Tlme(see)OK Cancel' Help Figure 4. Bounding Inertia Force Applied to the Cask (All Directions)
OK Cancel' HelpFigure 4. Bounding Inertia Force Applied to the Cask (All Directions)
Page 25 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Page 25 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 191ýReport HI-2104715 I*1 S Prpriso bd~]'OLl)'
Project 191ýReport HI-2104715 I*1 S Prpriso bd~]'OLl)'
M "V9* el .. .Mteral C....ra.
M "V9* el .. .Mteral C....ra. e...a FEA Co .tact C* ..we. .Contact detectibow  
e...a FEA Co .tact C* ..we. .Contact detectibow  
-Conitact response--
-Conitact response--
r Facetted wdaface r Ilmpulse/,,omitum
r Facetted wdaface r Ilmpulse/,,omitum
: r. AllRow Penetration.
: r. AllRow Penetration.
r- Custom modelFacett..Properties Smooth =uoface
r- Custom model Facett..Properties Smooth =uoface
..... ..... ..,. ,Mod" ......... ... OK "Ir mpuloe/m omentumO" Custom :_.:.Coe. Rettiution 1-7---Ctf. ,Frictio  
..... ..... ..,. , Mod" ......... ... OK " Ir mpuloe/m omentum O" Custom :_.:.Coe. Rettiution 1-7---Ctf. ,Frictio .... , " .I ,. Normal foremfiodek ti, Vrpenatrot1mmr-J Frctnir force mo .1e .t l 0,... .Ga o. MathL gic : JE: .IF-ý -/r N\ 7C ?I (DG (- 3923 t fin)pm ehatio.11  
.... , " .I ,. Normal foremfiodek ti, Vrpenatrot1mmr-J Frctnir force mo .1e .t l 0,... .Ga o. MathL gic : JE: .IF-ý -/r N\ 7C ?I (DG(- 3923 t fin)pm ehatio.11  
-(5129 hIt I[Tnme (sec)Figure 5. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Stiffness and Damping for HI-TRAC Model Eit. FomlaTE 2 2 2 Graph Property.
-(5129 hItI[Tnme (sec)Figure 5. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Stiffness and Damping for HI-TRAC ModelEit. FomlaTE222Graph Property.
Math Logic Function-#, %./" 'v 7E. T! 91 ff 1W 0081normalcomP0"tangentvels/tangentvel 0"J.0001 inls) ... , OK---] Can~el iel C,*.00~.00o.008.0@.0 aosoos.oari.ao8.0o.OOM.OC Ttme (sec)i -Figure 6. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Friction for HI-TRAC Model Page 26 of 28 G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Math Logic Function-#, %./" 'v 7E. T! 91 ff 1W0081normalcomP0"tangentvels/tangentvel 0"J.0001 inls) ... ,OK---] Can~el ielC,*.00~.00o.008.0@.0 aosoos.oari.ao8.0o.OOM.OC Ttme (sec)i -Figure 6. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Friction for HI-TRAC ModelPage 26 of 28G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Figure 7. Maximum Pool Lid/SFP Floor Interface Load -(SSE Event)Value x 0.004 in y 0.094 in 2 194-243 in Min Max-1.255 1.369-1.311 1.343 194.233 194,529 Figure 8. Position of the Top of HI-TRAC (SSE Event)(the original position of the top of HI-TRAC is (0 in.,0 in., 194.25 in.))Page 27 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 Figure 7. Maximum Pool Lid/SFP Floor Interface Load -(SSE Event)Valuex 0.004 iny 0.094 in2 194-243 inMin Max-1.255 1.369-1.311 1.343194.233 194,529Figure 8. Position of the Top of HI-TRAC (SSE Event)(the original position of the top of HI-TRAC is (0 in.,0 in., 194.25 in.))Page 27 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report H1-2104715 10.0 APPENDICES (Number of Pages)Appendix A -VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation (2)Appendix B -Stiffness and Damping Evaluation (1)Appendix C -Approved Computer Program List (6)Appendix D -Coefficient of Restitution (2)Appendix E -Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects (5)Appendix F -Calculations of Factors (2)Appendix G -Baseline Correction of SSE Time History (5)Appendix H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11)Appendix I -Analysis of Spent Fuel Pool Slab in Campaign II and III Configuration (8)Appendix J -Analysis of Leveling Platform Assembly Under Normal, SSE and OBE Conditions (27)Appendix K -ANSYS Input Files (12)Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files (3)Page 28 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report H1-2104715 10.0 APPENDICES (Number of Pages)Appendix A -VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation (2)Appendix B -Stiffness and Damping Evaluation (1)Appendix C -Approved Computer Program List (6)Appendix D -Coefficient of Restitution (2)Appendix E -Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects (5)Appendix F -Calculations of Factors (2)Appendix G -Baseline Correction of SSE Time History (5)Appendix H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11)Appendix I -Analysis of Spent Fuel Pool Slab in Campaign II and III Configuration (8)Appendix J -Analysis of Leveling Platform Assembly Under Normal, SSE andOBE Conditions (27)Appendix K -ANSYS Input Files (12)Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files (3)Page 28 of 28G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7
Project 1916 Report 1-11-21 04715 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 I Appendix A: VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation The purpose of this appendix is to determine the number of facet points (i.e. contact locations) the model has for defining custom contact in VisualNastran  
Project 1916 Report 1-11-21 04715I Project 1916Report HI-2104715 IAppendix A: VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation The purpose of this appendix is to determine the number of facet points (i.e. contact locations) themodel has for defining custom contact in VisualNastran  
[5.1].The pool lid is placed on the spent fuel pool floor (cylindrical surface on flat ground) and allowed to reach steady state. The compression is then measured using an arbitrary stiffness input.Guess stiffness 4 Ibf in Guess damping 1000. lbf sec in 7 z After steady state has been reached, knowing the weight and the final deflection with the arbitrary stiffness, the number of facets can be computed.Appendix A -1 of 2 G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
[5.1].The pool lid is placed on the spent fuel pool floor (cylindrical surface on flat ground) and allowed toreach steady state. The compression is then measured using an arbitrary stiffness input.Guess stiffness 4 IbfinGuess damping1000. lbf secin7zAfter steady state has been reached, knowing the weight and the final deflection with thearbitrary stiffness, the number of facets can be computed.
Project 1Y16 Report HI-21U4715 I Project 1916 Report HI-21U4115 I Contact force Final velocity Final displacement Number of facet points F,:= -8091.417.
Appendix A -1 of 2G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
Ibf in V,:= -0.02637.-
Project 1Y16 Report HI-21U4715 I Project 1916Report HI-21U4115 IContact forceFinal velocityFinal displacement Number of facet pointsF,:= -8091.417.
sec z:= -0.0024.in k- z+ c. V, N= 16 Appendix A -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
IbfinV,:= -0.02637.-
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix B: Stiffness and Dampingi Evaluation SCOPE: Dynamic analyses of rigid bodies under seismic loading require simulation of contact between bodies. While classical impact-momentum analysis models may be used, contacts between two large flat surfaces undergoing low velocity impacts are better represented by a series of peripheral springs that simulate the contact behavior.
secz:= -0.0024.in k- z+ c. V,N= 16Appendix A -2 of 2G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
Here, we determine the spring rate and damping coefficient appropriate to simulate a damped system having mass, W/g. There are N facet points at the contact; here, we determine the spring and damper per facet to be input into the "custom contact" model in VN to represent the interface between HI-TRAC pool lid and the SFP slab.NF := 16 Number of facets (Appendix A)Wtrac := 191000. lbf Bounding weight of loaded HI-TRAC [5.8]The premise for establishing this spring rate at the HI-TRAC base and SFP slab interface is that the responses of interest when considering system behavior to seismic ground motions should focus on the predominate modes below 33 Hz and avoid modeling assumptions that introduce spurious mathematical artifacts that serve only to interject high frequency effects into the simulation.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix B: Stiffness and Dampingi Evaluation SCOPE: Dynamic analyses of rigid bodies under seismic loading require simulation ofcontact between bodies. While classical impact-momentum analysis models may be used,contacts between two large flat surfaces undergoing low velocity impacts are betterrepresented by a series of peripheral springs that simulate the contact behavior.
The predominant energy content from seismic events is in the frequency range below 16Hz (Page 2-6 of Ref. [5.3]). Therefore, any contact spring representation for the dynamic model should not introduce artifacts leading to spurious and artificial higher frequency effects. Therefore, the custom contact spring representation used herein is based on the mass of the supported model, and is developed so that the 33Hz frequency is based on a vertical oscillation of the mass on a rigid foundation.
Here, wedetermine the spring rate and damping coefficient appropriate to simulate a damped systemhaving mass, W/g. There are N facet points at the contact; here, we determine the springand damper per facet to be input into the "custom contact" model in VN to represent theinterface between HI-TRAC pool lid and the SFP slab.NF := 16 Number of facets (Appendix A)Wtrac := 191000. lbf Bounding weight of loaded HI-TRAC [5.8]The premise for establishing this spring rate at the HI-TRAC base and SFP slab interface isthat the responses of interest when considering system behavior to seismic ground motionsshould focus on the predominate modes below 33 Hz and avoid modeling assumptions thatintroduce spurious mathematical artifacts that serve only to interject high frequency effectsinto the simulation.
This renders the custom contact model independent of the local matedal and geometric shape of the contact surfaces.A local contact stiffness is chosen on the basis of the total supported mass and a requirement to eliminate all frequencies above 33Hz from this spring constant.
The predominant energy content from seismic events is in the frequency range below 16Hz (Page 2-6 of Ref. [5.3]). Therefore, any contact spring representation forthe dynamic model should not introduce artifacts leading to spurious and artificial higherfrequency effects.
The damper associated with this local contact stiffness is chosen to produce a coefficient of restitution value of 0.254 (Appendix  
Therefore, the custom contact spring representation used herein is basedon the mass of the supported model, and is developed so that the 33Hz frequency is basedon a vertical oscillation of the mass on a rigid foundation.
This renders the custom contactmodel independent of the local matedal and geometric shape of the contact surfaces.
A local contact stiffness is chosen on the basis of the total supported mass and arequirement to eliminate all frequencies above 33Hz from this spring constant.
The damperassociated with this local contact stiffness is chosen to produce a coefficient of restitution value of 0.254 (Appendix  
: 0) at the interface to suppress high frequency numerical oscillations.
: 0) at the interface to suppress high frequency numerical oscillations.
f := 33. Hz Rigid body frequency Contact Stiffness Wtr~ac (2-Tr. f)2  1.K :2 K = 1329272.567.-I g NF inCorresponding Damping2.0.4f Wrac-NF b eC =- K. IC = 5128.7351. NF inAppendix B -1 of 1G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
f := 33. Hz Rigid body frequency Contact Stiffness Wtr~ac (2-Tr. f)2  1.K :2 K = 1329272.567.-I g NF in Corresponding Damping 2.0.4f Wrac-NF b e C =- K. IC = 5128.735 1. NF in Appendix B -1 of 1 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
WT-91n4715
WT-91n4715
-~-1916 AhPWPENDI C R r I-141HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226July 312012APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS:
-~-1916 AhPWPENDI C R r I-141 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 312012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USER FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
See OPERATING APPROED IndicatePROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USER FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
Computer(Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
ESEXPERT or special VERSION (Docket #) 2 limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used MA, SPA, AB, 11.0 CWB, RI, PK. AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018,1019, HP, VRP, ER, IR, 1039, 1060 AIS, ZY, JZ MA, SPA, AB, 12.0 CWB, RJ, PK, AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1016, 1017 HP, VRP, ER, IR, AIS. ZY, JZ MA, SPA, AB, Windows XP (2) 1019, 1060 12.1 CWB, RJ, PK, AL. CWB H 1-2012627 1021, 1023, 1025, DOC 50-298 HP, VRP, ER, IR. Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032, 1044, ANSYS (A) DOC 72-1014 AIS, ZY, JZ 1093 MA, SPA. AB, Windows XP (2) 1017.1018, 1019 CWB, RJ, PK, AL, 1023,1025,1031, 13.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB H 1-2012627 1038 1044 1127.AIS, ZY, JZ. YC, Windows 7 (0,1) 1139:1187:1888, 1038 VM 1189,1190,1179 MA, SPA, AB, CWB, RJ, PK, AL, 14.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB HI-2012627 Windows 7 (0,1) 1162,1044,1187 AIS, ZY, JZ, YC, VM AutoCad 2011 3.0 N/A JAG HI-2125187 Windows 7 (11 1158 N/A COMPRESS Build 7140 N/A VM HI-2125173 Windows XP(2) 1058 SPA, BDB, KB, 4-2.05.14 HF, SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1006 DOC 50-271 DMM, VIM, ES, PS CASMO (A) DOC 71-9336 SPA, BDB, KB, 5M -1.06.00 DMMHF. SVF, TH, BKI SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (2) 1008, 1013 DMM, VIM. ES, PS 108,01 of Page C1 of C6 Project 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
ESEXPERT or special VERSION(Docket #) 2 limitations (Service pack4) Listed by ID ID(s) usedMA, SPA, AB,11.0 CWB, RI, PK. AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018,1019, HP, VRP, ER, IR, 1039, 1060AIS, ZY, JZMA, SPA, AB,12.0 CWB, RJ, PK, AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1016, 1017HP, VRP, ER, IR,AIS. ZY, JZMA, SPA, AB, Windows XP (2) 1019, 106012.1 CWB, RJ, PK, AL. CWB H 1-2012627 1021, 1023, 1025,DOC 50-298 HP, VRP, ER, IR. Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032, 1044,ANSYS (A) DOC 72-1014 AIS, ZY, JZ 1093MA, SPA. AB, Windows XP (2) 1017.1018, 1019CWB, RJ, PK, AL, 1023,1025,1031, 13.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB H 1-2012627 1038 1044 1127.AIS, ZY, JZ. YC, Windows 7 (0,1) 1139:1187:1888, 1038VM 1189,1190,1179 MA, SPA, AB,CWB, RJ, PK, AL,14.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB HI-2012627 Windows 7 (0,1) 1162,1044,1187 AIS, ZY, JZ, YC,VMAutoCad2011 3.0 N/A JAG HI-2125187 Windows 7 (11 1158 N/ACOMPRESS Build 7140 N/A VM HI-2125173 Windows XP(2) 1058SPA, BDB, KB,4-2.05.14 HF, SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1006DOC 50-271 DMM, VIM, ES, PSCASMO (A) DOC 71-9336 SPA, BDB, KB,5M -1.06.00 DMMHF. SVF, TH, BKI SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (2) 1008, 1013DMM, VIM. ES, PS 108,01 ofPage C1 of C6 Project 1916APPENDIX CReport HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226July 31 2012APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS:
Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
See OPERATING APPROVED IndicatePROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
USERS FOR"A" EXPERT for special VERSION 4T Compused (Docket #) ' limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used SPA, BDB, KB, 5-2.00.00 HF. SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows 7 (0.1) 1051 DMM, VIM, ES, PS SPA, BDB, KB, Windows 7 (0,1) 1051 5-2.02,00 HF, SVF, TH, BK. SPA H 1-2104750 DMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows XP (2) 1008 CORRE 1.3 N/A CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020 Windows 7 (0,1) 1049 DECAY 1.6 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (31 1016 Windows XP (2) 1016 DECOR DOC 50-423 1.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016 Windows 7 (0,1) 1027 Dr. Beam Pro 1.0.5 N/A CWB N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1044,1162 DYNAMO I.0AIS,CWB, VRP, SYNMe0 A)H, KKG CWB HI-2114848 Windows 7.(0,I1) 1044,1021 Suite (A) HP, KKG Windows XP (2) 1016 Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER. IR, DMM, DOC 72-1014 4.56 AHM, YL, INP, ER H 1-981921 MH, JGR Windows XP (3) 1022 Windows 7 (0,1) 1027 1002, 1003, 1016, Windows XP (2) 2003 Windows XP (3) 1001 1026, 1193, 1027, Windows 7 0.1) 1135'Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER, IR, DMM, DOC 72-1014 6.3.26 AHM, YL, INP, DMM H 1-2084036 Red Hat Ent.MH, JGR (3,.43-9.EL4) 1004 Linux (2.6.9-5)Red Hat Ent.(4.4.2-48)
Computer(Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
USERS FOR"A" EXPERT for special VERSION 4T Compused(Docket #) ' limitations (Service pack4) Listed by ID ID(s) usedSPA, BDB, KB,5-2.00.00 HF. SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows 7 (0.1) 1051DMM, VIM, ES, PSSPA, BDB, KB, Windows 7 (0,1) 10515-2.02,00 HF, SVF, TH, BK. SPA H 1-2104750 DMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows XP (2) 1008CORRE 1.3 N/A CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020Windows 7 (0,1) 1049DECAY 1.6 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016Windows XP (31 1016Windows XP (2) 1016DECOR DOC 50-423 1.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016Windows 7 (0,1) 1027Dr. Beam Pro 1.0.5 N/A CWB N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1044,1162 DYNAMO I.0AIS,CWB, VRP,SYNMe0 A)H, KKG CWB HI-2114848 Windows 7.(0,I1) 1044,1021 Suite (A) HP, KKGWindows XP (2) 1016Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER. IR, DMM,DOC 72-1014 4.56 AHM, YL, INP, ER H 1-981921MH, JGR Windows XP (3) 1022Windows 7 (0,1) 10271002, 1003, 1016,Windows XP (2) 2003Windows XP (3) 10011026, 1193, 1027,Windows 7 0.1) 1135'Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER, IR, DMM,DOC 72-1014 6.3.26 AHM, YL, INP, DMM H 1-2084036 Red Hat Ent.MH, JGR (3,.43-9.EL4) 1004Linux (2.6.9-5)
Red Hat Ent.(4.4.2-48)
Linux 1070,1071,1072 (2.6.18-194.e15)
Linux 1070,1071,1072 (2.6.18-194.e15)
Server Release 5.5Page C2 of C6 1QlgIPPRNnTY R
Server Release 5.5 Page C2 of C6 1Qlg IPPRNnTY R PoLTEC 1916O VE APPEN CP Re ' HEV.0276 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
PoLTEC 1916O VE APPEN CP Re ' HEV.0276HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226July 31 2012APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS:
Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
See OPERATING APPROVED IndicatePROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
COES EXPERT for special VERSION (Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used GENEQ 1.3 N/A AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1028 HTRI XIST 6.00 N/A KK N/A Windows XP (3) 1057 LONGOR DO( 50-305 1.1 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL,'ls971sR4.2)
Computer(Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows XP (2) 1018 AIS, JZ, ZY 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL, 10s71 sR5.0) HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032 LS-DYNA DOG 50-298 AIS, JZ, ZY (A) DOC 72-1014 971 AB. SPA, RJ, AL, (ls971dR5.0)
COES EXPERT for special VERSION(Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack4) Listed by ID ID(s) usedGENEQ 1.3 N/A AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1028HTRI XIST 6.00 N/A KK N/A Windows XP (3) 1057LONGOR DO( 50-305 1.1 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016Windows XP (3) 1016971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL,'ls971sR4.2)
HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1025, 1093 AIS, JZ, ZY 971 AB, SPA, RI, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035, HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037 (mpp971dR5.0)
HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows XP (2) 1018AIS, JZ, ZY971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL,10s71 sR5.0) HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032LS-DYNA DOG 50-298 AIS, JZ, ZY(A) DOC 72-1014 971 AB. SPA, RJ, AL,(ls971dR5.0)
AIS, JZ, ZY LS-DYNA DOC 50-298 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035, (A) DOC 72-1014 (mpp971sR5.0)
HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1025, 1093AIS, JZ, ZY971 AB, SPA, RI, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035,HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037(mpp971dR5.0)
HP VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037 AIS, JZ, ZY MACCS2 1.13.1 N/A SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1041 Windows XP (2) 1008, 1002 1006, 1009, 1010, SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002, 2004.4A HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 2005,2006, 2007 DOC 50-368 DMM, VIM, ES. PS 20.20,20 MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 1011, 1013, 1014, Windows 7 (0, 1) 1015, 1030, 1051, 1113, 1114, 1115 4B SPA, BDB, KB, KB HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 2001,2002 aHF, SVF, TH, BK, f Page C3 of C6 Proiect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CRIEDREMARKS:
AIS, JZ, ZYLS-DYNA DOC 50-298 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035,(A) DOC 72-1014 (mpp971sR5.0)
See OPERATING APRVD Idct APPROVEDEINAPPROVED Idct PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
HP VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037AIS, JZ, ZYMACCS2 1.13.1 N/A SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1041Windows XP (2) 1008, 10021006, 1009, 1010,SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002, 2004.4A HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 2005,2006, 2007DOC 50-368 DMM, VIM, ES. PS 20.20,20MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 1011, 1013, 1014,Windows 7 (0, 1) 1015, 1030, 1051,1113, 1114, 11154B SPA, BDB, KB, KB HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 2001,2002 aHF, SVF, TH, BK, fPage C3 of C6 Proiect 1916APPENDIX CReport HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226July 31 2012APPROVED IN CRIEDREMARKS:
Compute (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
See OPERATING APRVD IdctAPPROVEDEINAPPROVED IdctPROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
US ES EXPERT for special VERSION Listed Compused (Docket #) abe) CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used DMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows 7 (0,1) 1051 Windows XP (2) 1002, 1003, 1008 SPA, BDB, KB, 1006. 1009, 1010, 5.1.40 HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1012, 001,2002, DMM, VIM. ES, PS 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 1011. 1014, 1015, Windows 7 (0,1) 1051, 1113, 1114, 1115 Windows XP (2) 1002 1003, 1008, 2003 1006, 1009, 1010.DO 038SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002. 2005, DOC 50-368 5.1.51 HF, SVF, TH. BK, KB H 1-2104750 2006.2007 MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 DM ,VM S S2006,2007 DMM, VIM. ES, PS 1011,1013,1014, Windows 7(0,1) 1015, 1051, 1076.1113, 1114,1115 MR216 (A) 2.40 AIS, CWB. VRP. CWB HI-2125267 Windows 7 (0,1) 1049 HP, KKG Windows XP (2) 1016 MULPOOLD 2.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016 Windows 7 (0,1) 1026 Nanotec Wet Pravin Windows Server 1146 Chemistry 0 N/A Kumar N/A 003 revision 2 114 ONEPOOL 1.7 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 ORIGEN2 486 N/A ER HI-92784 Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (.3) 1016 Page C4 of C6 Prolect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVEDCV CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR"A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
Compute(Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
Computer (Category) 50 2 OE EXPERT for special VERSION (Docket # a) CODES limitations (Service pack 4 Listed by ID ID(s) used ORIGEN-S, SAS2H, KENO-Va, DOC 50-346 Windows 2000 NITAWL & DOC 71-9336 4.3 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A (2) 1050 BONAMI (Modules of SCALE 4.3)ORIG EN-S &SAS2 DO 503461006, 1009, 1010, S(s2 o DOC 50-346 4.4 N/A KB, SPA N/A Windows XP (3) 2004,2005,12007 (Modules of DOC 71-9336 20,0520 SCALE 4.4)ORIGEN-S, 1011 1013, 1113, SAS2H & Windows 7 (0,1)KENO-VI 5.1 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A 1015,1076,1088 (Modules of Windows XP (3) 2002 2004, 2005, SCALE 5. 1) 2007 7.6.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1093,1025 SHAKE 2000 7.7.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1021 0 NWindows XP (3) 1020 Windows 7 (0,1) 1038, 1049 ShapeBuilder 6.0 N/A VRP HI-2053361 Windows 7 (0,1) 1044 Windows XP(2) 1077 1081, 1082, N/A SolidWorks 0i/doI2012761 X 1083% 1085, 1086 20 04 1078 1079, 1080, N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1084 STER 5.04 N/A ER N/A Windows XP(3) 1016 1011, 1013, 1015, 1051, 1076, 1088.SX 1.0 N/A KB N/A Windows 7 (0, 1) 1108,1113,1114,.1115 Page C5 of C6 Proiect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST" REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
US ES EXPERT for special VERSION Listed Compused(Docket #) abe) CODES limitations (Service pack4) Listed by ID ID(s) usedDMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows 7 (0,1) 1051Windows XP (2) 1002, 1003, 1008SPA, BDB, KB, 1006. 1009, 1010,5.1.40 HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1012, 001,2002, DMM, VIM. ES, PS 2004, 2005, 2006,20071011. 1014, 1015,Windows 7 (0,1) 1051, 1113, 1114,1115Windows XP (2) 1002 1003, 1008,20031006, 1009, 1010.DO 038SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002. 2005,DOC 50-368 5.1.51 HF, SVF, TH. BK, KB H 1-2104750 2006.2007 MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 DM ,VM S S2006,2007 DMM, VIM. ES, PS 1011,1013,1014, Windows 7(0,1) 1015, 1051, 1076.1113, 1114,1115 MR216 (A) 2.40 AIS, CWB. VRP. CWB HI-2125267 Windows 7 (0,1) 1049HP, KKGWindows XP (2) 1016MULPOOLD 2.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016Windows 7 (0,1) 1026Nanotec Wet Pravin Windows Server 1146Chemistry 0 N/A Kumar N/A 003 revision 2 114ONEPOOL 1.7 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016Windows XP (3) 1016ORIGEN2 486 N/A ER HI-92784 Windows XP (2) 1016Windows XP (.3) 1016Page C4 of C6 Prolect 1916APPENDIX CReport HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST REV. 226July 31 2012APPROVEDCV CERTIFIED REMARKS:
Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
See OPERATING IndicatePROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR"A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
USERSEXPERT for special VERSION (Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used Windows XP (2) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 1008 Windows XP (3) 1006, 1009, 1010 Windows XP (2) 1016 TBOIL 1,11 N/A ER N/A WindowsXPl()
Computer(Category) 50 2 OE EXPERT for special VERSION(Docket # a) CODES limitations (Service pack4 Listed by ID ID(s) usedORIGEN-S, SAS2H,KENO-Va, DOC 50-346 Windows 2000NITAWL & DOC 71-9336 4.3 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A (2) 1050BONAMI(Modules ofSCALE 4.3)ORIG EN-S &SAS2 DO 503461006, 1009, 1010,S(s2 o DOC 50-346 4.4 N/A KB, SPA N/A Windows XP (3) 2004,2005,12007 (Modules of DOC 71-9336 20,0520SCALE 4.4)ORIGEN-S, 1011 1013, 1113,SAS2H & Windows 7 (0,1)KENO-VI 5.1 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A 1015,1076,1088 (Modules of Windows XP (3) 2002 2004, 2005,SCALE 5. 1) 20077.6.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1093,1025 SHAKE 20007.7.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 10210 NWindows XP (3) 1020Windows 7 (0,1) 1038, 1049ShapeBuilder 6.0 N/A VRP HI-2053361 Windows 7 (0,1) 1044Windows XP(2) 1077 1081, 1082, N/ASolidWorks 0i/doI2012761 X 1083% 1085, 108620 04 1078 1079, 1080, N/AWindows 7 (0,1) 1084STER 5.04 N/A ER N/A Windows XP(3) 10161011, 1013, 1015,1051, 1076, 1088.SX 1.0 N/A KB N/A Windows 7 (0, 1) 1108,1113,1114,
1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 VERSUP 1.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Visual DOC 50-133 24/A Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018 E101__8 ]EE_Nastran DOC 72-27 2004 N AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020,1028 1 C 72 I ,Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1045 Page C6 of C6 Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix D: Coefficient of Restitution Coefficient of Restitution  
.1115Page C5 of C6 Proiect 1916APPENDIX CReport HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST" REV. 226July 31 2012APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS:
/ Percent Critical Damping Relationship (i-i1) ______ gi i:= 1.. 40 z. 40 1-t cor. :=e S 40 2.[1-(z)2]1= co.=Z 1 1 1 0 2 0.924 0.025 0.854 0.05 0.79 0.075 5 0.729 0.1 6 0.673 0.125 0.621 0.15 8 0.572 0.175 0.527 0.2 100.484 0.225 11 0.444 0.25 12 0.407 0.275 13 0.372 0.3 14 0.34 0.325 15 0.309 0.35 16 0.281 0.375 17 0.254 0.4 18 0.229 0.425 19 0.205 0.45 20 0.183 0.475 Appendix D -1 of 2 G\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev O\
See OPERATING APPROVED IndicatePROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 0 0 cori I 0 U 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Percent Critical Damping In order to account for the non-linear impact occurring at interfaces of floor/cask during an earthquake, the damping percentage at this interface is artificially set at 40%(corresponding to cor = 0.254) based on the results of the low velocity cask impact simulations in DS-340 [5.2]. This value is not to be interpreted as a measure of intemal damping, rather as a "pseudo damping" value that enables a reasonably accurate solution of a non-linear dynamics problem using a simplified model. This approach has been used previously by Holtec for Colombia Generating Station and Private Fuel Storage, LLC and Hope Creek Generating Station.Appendix D -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
Computer(Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)
Project 1916 Report HI-21 04715 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 I Appendix E: Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects 1. CALCULATION OF CAVITY FREE SPACE BASED ON AS-BUILTS The dimensions are taken from Fig. 2.1 of [5.5] and [5.9]. Also, Fig. 2.1 is attached as Fig. El in this Appendix.Cask cavity size: N-S direction:
USERSEXPERT for special VERSION(Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack4) Listed by ID ID(s) usedWindows XP (2) 2004, 2005, 2006,2007, 1008Windows XP (3) 1006, 1009, 1010Windows XP (2) 1016TBOIL 1,11 N/A ER N/A WindowsXPl()
1016Windows XP (3) 1016VERSUP 1.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows XP (2) 1016Visual DOC 50-133 24/A Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018 E101__8 ]EE_Nastran DOC 72-27 2004 N AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020,1028 1 C 72 I ,Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1045 Page C6 of C6 Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix D: Coefficient of Restitution Coefficient of Restitution  
/ Percent Critical Damping Relationship (i-i1) ______ gii:= 1.. 40 z. 40 1-t cor. :=eS 40 2.[1-(z)2]1= co.=Z1 11 02 0.924 0.0250.854 0.050.79 0.0755 0.729 0.16 0.673 0.1250.621 0.158 0.572 0.1750.527 0.2100.484 0.22511 0.444 0.2512 0.407 0.27513 0.372 0.314 0.34 0.32515 0.309 0.3516 0.281 0.37517 0.254 0.418 0.229 0.42519 0.205 0.4520 0.183 0.475Appendix D -1 of 2G\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev O\
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 00 cori I0U0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1Percent Critical DampingIn order to account for the non-linear impact occurring at interfaces of floor/cask duringan earthquake, the damping percentage at this interface is artificially set at 40%(corresponding to cor = 0.254) based on the results of the low velocity cask impactsimulations in DS-340 [5.2]. This value is not to be interpreted as a measure of intemaldamping, rather as a "pseudo damping" value that enables a reasonably accuratesolution of a non-linear dynamics problem using a simplified model. This approach hasbeen used previously by Holtec for Colombia Generating Station and Private FuelStorage, LLC and Hope Creek Generating Station.Appendix D -2 of 2G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\
Project 1916 Report HI-21 04715I Project 1916Report HI-2104715 IAppendix E: Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects1. CALCULATION OF CAVITY FREE SPACE BASED ON AS-BUILTS The dimensions are taken from Fig. 2.1 of [5.5] and [5.9]. Also, Fig. 2.1 is attached as Fig. El in thisAppendix.
Cask cavity size:N-S direction:
NSPit:= 116.125in  
NSPit:= 116.125in  
+1.875in  
+1.875in = 118. M'E-W direction:
= 118. M'E-W direction:
From Fig. El, based on the number of cells in Rack E3 9 88.50in -- = 56.893. in 14 h := 30.5ft -L -199.587in  
From Fig. El, based on the number of cells in Rack E3988.50in -- = 56.893. in14h := 30.5ft -L -199.587in  
-3in = 106.52
-3in = 106.52
* inhtotai : =h + 3.91lin = 110.43 -inwhere a gap of 3.91 inch is assumed as in Fig. El.EWPit := htotai = 110.43- inMaximum Cask Width (use the trunnion tip to tip distance)  
* in htotai : =h + 3.91lin = 110.43 -in where a gap of 3.91 inch is assumed as in Fig. El.EWPit := htotai = 110.43- in Maximum Cask Width (use the trunnion tip to tip distance)  
[5.12]ML := 91.5inThe leveling platform  
[5.12]ML := 91.5in The leveling platform [5.13] is placed in the pool at an exact location specified by [5.15]. The HI-TRAC is placed at the center of the platform.
[5.13] is placed in the pool at an exact location specified by [5.15]. TheHI-TRAC is placed at the center of the platform.
Per [5.15], the closet adjacent structure to the platform center is identified as the N2 Rack as shown in calculation below, where 92" and 98. 75" are the width of platform [5.15, 5.13] in E-W and N-S direction, respectively.
Per [5.15], the closet adjacent structure to theplatform center is identified as the N2 Rack as shown in calculation below, where 92" and 98. 75"are the width of platform  
9 92in> 14 gapEw := (4in+- + 4.8125. in 16 2 2 98.75in~ ML gapNs:= 3in + 2 2=6.625i Therefore, the minimum gap around the HI-TRAC is calculated below and is used to assess if the HI-TRAC hits the surrounding structures under seismic event: gapmin := min(gapEw, gapNs) = 4.8125- in Reference
[5.15, 5.13] in E-W and N-S direction, respectively.
[5.15] shows the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3", existing between the platform and the North Wall. This minimum gap is used to assess if the leveling platform hits the surrounding structures under seismic event.Appendix E -1 of 3 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\
9 92in> 14gapEw := (4in+- + 4.8125. in16 2 298.75in~
I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715I 0z E2 Fig. El Pool Layout -Campaign I Appendix E -2 of 3 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\ I I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715
MLgapNs:= 3in + 2 2=6.625iTherefore, the minimum gap around the HI-TRAC is calculated below and is used to assess if theHI-TRAC hits the surrounding structures under seismic event:gapmin := min(gapEw, gapNs) = 4.8125- inReference
: 2. CALCULATION OF DISPLACED MASS OF CASK CONSIDERED AS A SINGLE BODY PROPRIETARY Appendix E -3 of 3 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\StructuraI Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\'
[5.15] shows the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3", existing between the platform and the North Wall. This minimum gap is used toassess if the leveling platform hits the surrounding structures under seismic event.Appendix E -1 of 3G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\
I Project 1916Report HI-2104715I 0zE2Fig. El Pool Layout -Campaign IAppendix E -2 of 3G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\ I I Project 1916Report HI-2104715
: 2. CALCULATION OF DISPLACED MASS OF CASK CONSIDERED AS A SINGLE BODYPROPRIETARY Appendix E -3 of 3G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\StructuraI Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\'
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Annendix F: CalculItion of Factors I° "r'r ..............................
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Annendix F: CalculItion of Factors I° "r'r ..............................
This appendix calculates the buoyancy factors and dynamic adder used in Table 3 in the mainreport. The rack information is from Table 2.3 of Ref. [5.5] and rack configurations are from Fig. 2.1and Fig. 2.2 of [5.5]. The submerged weights and dynamic adder forces (SSE) are from Page 5-28of Ref. [5.4].Table 171: Final RerackedConfiguration (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)--IiRack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel)  
This appendix calculates the buoyancy factors and dynamic adder used in Table 3 in the main report. The rack information is from Table 2.3 of Ref. [5.5] and rack configurations are from Fig. 2.1 and Fig. 2.2 of [5.5]. The submerged weights and dynamic adder forces (SSE) are from Page 5-28 of Ref. [5.4].Table 171: Final RerackedConfiguration (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)--Ii Rack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel) (Ibs)Ni 29400 288 195840 225240 N2 28600 270 183600 212200 N3-- 27100 266 180880 207980--------- 0 247 167960ý 193160 N5 520N27 1v6760 193160.... .. N 5 ... ... ............  
(Ibs)Ni 29400 288 195840 225240N2 28600 270 183600 212200N3-- 27100 266 180880 207980---------
0 247 167960ý 193160N5 520N27 1v6760 193160.... .. N 5 ... ... ............  
.... ...........  
.... ...........  
...........  
...........  
Line 340: Line 267:
.........  
.........  
.... ..........  
.... ..........  
.... .... ..... ...... .... ...... ..... ........  
.... .... ..... ...... .... ...... ..... ........ ..... ..... ...... I .... ...........  
..... ..... ...... I .... ...........  
.... .................
.... .................
2 4 .....19 1 6N6_ 0 21300 208 141440 162740E- 23600 214 145520 169120E2 25200 230 156400 181600E3 31700 293 199240 230940E4 29000 266 180880 209880E5 29000 266 180880 .209880E6 29000 266 180880 209880E7 29000 266 180880 209880-E8 29000 266 180880 209880E9 29000 266 180880 2098800El0 76800 0 0 76800.........  
2 4 .....19 1 6 N6_ 0 21300 208 141440 162740 E- 23600 214 145520 169120 E2 25200 230 156400 181600 E3 31700 293 199240 230940 E4 29000 266 180880 209880 E5 29000 266 180880 .209880 E6 29000 266 180880 209880 E7 29000 266 180880 209880-E8 29000 266 180880 209880 E9 29000 266 180880 2098800 El0 76800 0 0 76800.........  
........ ..... ...................  
........ ..... ...................  
.. .. ....... .......Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (Ibs) 3112220.SUBMERGED WEIGHT (lbs) 26.. ...... ..............
.. .. ....... .......Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (Ibs) 3112220.SUBMERGED WEIGHT (lbs) 26.. ...... ..............
B U O.......F....  
B U O.......F....  
...... ... .... ... ... .......... ..... ...... ........  
...... ... .... ... ... .......... ..... ...... ........ ---- --- -. ...... ....BUOYANCY FACTOR 0.873 -.SSE DYNAMIC ADDER FORCE 1010816.32 SSE DYNAMIC ADDER ---0.372 Note that the dead weight of equipment rack E10 is estimated by multiplying the maximum static load of the slab load point #25 by four. That is, 19,200 lbs
---- --- -. ...... ....BUOYANCY FACTOR 0.873 -.SSE DYNAMIC ADDER FORCE 1010816.32 SSE DYNAMIC ADDER ---0.372Note that the dead weight of equipment rack E10 is estimated by multiplying the maximum staticload of the slab load point #25 by four. That is, 19,200 lbs
* 4 = 76,800 Ibs, where 19,200 lbs is from Page 5-28 of Ref. [5.41.Appendix F -1 of 2 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\
* 4 = 76,800 Ibs, where 19,200 lbs isfrom Page 5-28 of Ref. [5.41.Appendix F -1 of 2G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\
I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Table F2: Rack Conflauration Cam'aiqn II and III (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)Rack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel) (Ibs)N1 29400 288 195840 225240 N2 28600 270 183600 212200 N3 27100 266 180880 207980 N4 25200 247 167960 _ 193160 ___N5 25200 247 167960 193160 El 23600 214 145520 ____ 169120 ___E2 25200 230 156400 181600 E33100293 199240 230940.. .....3 ... ............  
I Project 1916Report HI-2104715 Table F2: Rack Conflauration Cam'aiqn II and III (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)Rack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel)  
....... ... .3 1 0 ....... ......... ... ..... .............  
(Ibs)N1 29400 288 195840 225240N2 28600 270 183600 212200N3 27100 266 180880 207980N4 25200 247 167960 _ 193160 ___N5 25200 247 167960 193160El 23600 214 145520 ____ 169120 ___E2 25200 230 156400 181600E33100293 199240 230940.. .....3 ... ............  
....... ... .3 1 0 ....... .........  
... ..... .............  
.ý ....... ...........  
.ý ....... ...........  
.. .........  
.. .........  
Line 359: Line 282:
...2 9 1 9 9 2 4 0 0 ..... ...........  
...2 9 1 9 9 2 4 0 0 ..... ...........  
:...............
:...............
E4 29000 266 180880 209880E5 29000 266 -180880 209880E6 29000 266 180880 209880El 29000 266 180880 209880E8 29000 _______ 266 180880 209880E9 26629000 266 180880 209880El0 76800 0 0 76800... ......... .. ..... ... ....... ... ........Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (lbs- ..... 2949480Note that Rack N6 is removed since it cannot co-exist with a HI-TRAC placed into the SFP fordry cask operations.
E4 29000 266 180880 209880 E5 29000 266 -180880 209880 E6 29000 266 180880 209880 El 29000 266 180880 209880 E8 29000 _______ 266 180880 209880 E9 26629000 266 180880 209880 El0 76800 0 0 76800... ......... .. ..... ... ....... ... ........Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (lbs- ..... 2949480 Note that Rack N6 is removed since it cannot co-exist with a HI-TRAC placed into the SFP for dry cask operations.
Appendix F -2 of 2G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\ I Project 1916Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX GBASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORYPage G-1 of 5G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Appendix F -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\ I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX G BASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORY Page G-1 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 The seismic acceleration time-histories of spent fuel slab at El. 74.25' are taken from theacceleration time-histories (set no. 3, i.e, a-tsse.h31, a-tsse.h32 and a-tsse.vt3) generated in thereport [5.3]. The acceleration-time histories are are integrated twice to form a velocity anddisplacement time history.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 The seismic acceleration time-histories of spent fuel slab at El. 74.25' are taken from the acceleration time-histories (set no. 3, i.e, a-tsse.h31, a-tsse.h32 and a-tsse.vt3) generated in the report [5.3]. The acceleration-time histories are are integrated twice to form a velocity and displacement time history. This is easily performed using a simple sphere model in VisualNastran with arbitrary mass and applying the acceleration time history induced inertia force to the spherical mass. Figure 1 shows the spherical model in VN and the result of the raw integration for El. 74.25'. There is a nonzero velocity existing at the end of the event as well as a large final movement.
This is easily performed using a simple sphere model inVisualNastran with arbitrary mass and applying the acceleration time history induced inertiaforce to the spherical mass. Figure 1 shows the spherical model in VN and the result of the rawintegration for El. 74.25'. There is a nonzero velocity existing at the end of the event as well as alarge final movement.
This appendix documents the VisualNastran (VN) analyses focused on adding small corrective acceleration to the original acceleration time-histories from [5.3] to ensure the velocity and displacement are truly zero at the end of seismic event. The output acceleration time-histories from this appendix are used as inputs to represent the driving inertial loads in the VisualNastran (VN) model.I....... ---Figure 1: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration BEFORE Baseline Correction at El. 74.25'Page G-2 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
This appendix documents the VisualNastran (VN) analyses focused onadding small corrective acceleration to the original acceleration time-histories from [5.3] toensure the velocity and displacement are truly zero at the end of seismic event. The outputacceleration time-histories from this appendix are used as inputs to represent the driving inertialloads in the VisualNastran (VN) model.I....... ---Figure 1: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration BEFORE BaselineCorrection at El. 74.25'Page G-2 of 5G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 To baseline correct this input, an incremental velocity is assumed in each direction having the form: A 2 t 2 dv= Alt+At 2 The two constants of integration are chosen so that the total velocity (integrated by VN from the acceleration data + incremental velocity) is zero at the end of the specified 20-second duration, and the average total velocity over the event duration is zero. The following results are obtained for the two constants:
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 To baseline correct this input, an incremental velocity is assumed in each direction having theform:A2t2dv= Alt+At2The two constants of integration are chosen so that the total velocity (integrated by VN from theacceleration data + incremental velocity) is zero at the end of the specified 20-second  
A 1 = (2ve- 6va )/ gte A 2 = 6(2va -ve)/g(te)2 The quantities in the above relations have the units of acceleration and acceleration/sec.
: duration, and the average total velocity over the event duration is zero. The following results are obtainedfor the two constants:
and have been divided by gravity for convenience:
A1 = (2ve- 6va )/ gteA2 = 6(2va -ve)/g(te) 2The quantities in the above relations have the units of acceleration and acceleration/sec.
Time duration = te Velocity at end of duration from initial integrated numerical time history = Ve Average velocity over entire duration from integrated numerical time history = va Each of the above pieces of data is available from the Excel spreadsheet (for each direction of excitation) that accompanies the initial VN solution.
and havebeen divided by gravity for convenience:
Returning to the VN simulation model and correcting the input inertia forces by including the new incremental acceleration in each lateral direction.
Time duration  
Page G-3 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
= teVelocity at end of duration from initial integrated numerical time history = VeAverage velocity over entire duration from integrated numerical time history = vaEach of the above pieces of data is available from the Excel spreadsheet (for each direction ofexcitation) that accompanies the initial VN solution.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Baseline Correction at El. 74.25 ft.Require that end velocity be zero and average velocity over duration be zero in each direction.
Returning to the VN simulation model andcorrecting the input inertia forces by including the new incremental acceleration in each lateraldirection.
Page G-3 of 5G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 Baseline Correction at El. 74.25 ft.Require that end velocity be zero and average velocity over duration be zero in each direction.
x direction:
x direction:
v., = 12.4 inseeA, =(2v, -6v,)/gt, A2 = 6(2Va -_ v)/g(t )2Check: VX20= Alte + A22 _)92)in inva = 97.7 -4.885-120. sec secA, = -5.841x 10-4A2 = _ 1.022 x 10-4 1seevx2o =-12.4secy direction:
v., = 12.4 in see A, =(2v, -6v,)/gt, A2 = 6(2Va -_ v)/g(t )2 Check: VX 2 0= Alte + A 2 2 _)9 2)in in va = 97.7 -4.885-1 20. sec sec A, = -5.841x 10-4 A2 = _ 1.022 x 10-4 1 see vx2o =-12.4 sec y direction:
v =-5.44 inseeA, =(2ve -6v.)/gt,A2= 6(2va -ve)/g(te)2 in inva = -23.3- =-1.165-i
v =-5.44 in see A, =(2ve -6v.)/gt, A 2= 6(2va -ve)/g(te)2 in in va = -23.3- =-1.165-i 20. see sec A, = -5.038x 10-4 A 2=1.208x10-4 1--sec Check: VY 2 0 Alt,+ A 2 2J VY 2 0 = 5.44 -see z direction:
: 20. see secA, = -5.038x 10-4A2=1.208x10-4 1--secCheck:VY20 Alt,+ A22JVY20 = 5.44 -seez direction:
v 0.375in see A, =(2v, --6Va)/ gte A2 = 6(2v. _ vJ)/g(t,)2 in in va, = -3.38 = -0.169-20. sec sec A, = 2.284x 10-4 A 2=-2.77x110--
v 0.375inseeA, =(2v, --6Va)/ gteA2 = 6(2v. _ vJ)/g(t,)2 in inva, = -3.38 = -0.169-20. sec secA, = 2.284x 10-4A2=-2.77x110--
see Page G-4 of 5 GAProjects\
seePage G-4 of 5GAProjects\
1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Project 1916Report HI-2104715 Check:VZ2o=( Ate + A2LeginVZ20 = -0.375-isecFigure 2 shows the time histories of velocity and displacement after baseline correction at El.74.25'. It is shown the end velocities and displacements are effectively eliminated by thebaseline correction.
Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Check: VZ 2 o=( Ate + A 2 Leg in VZ 2 0 = -0.375-i sec Figure 2 shows the time histories of velocity and displacement after baseline correction at El.74.25'. It is shown the end velocities and displacements are effectively eliminated by the baseline correction.
Figure 2: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration AFTER BaselineCorrection at El. 74.25'Page G-5 of 5G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
Figure 2: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration AFTER Baseline Correction at El. 74.25'Page G-5 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0
APPENDIX HAPPENDIX H: LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM1.0 Introduction This appendix contains the analysis of the lifting points of the Pilgrim levelingplatform.
APPENDIX H APPENDIX H: LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM 1.0 Introduction This appendix contains the analysis of the lifting points of the Pilgrim leveling platform.2.0 Methodology The analysis is based on strength of materials formulations.
 
All analyses and the preparation of this report are carried out using the Mathcad electronic scratchpad program [3.13] on a computer using Windows 7.3.0 References
==2.0 Methodology==
[3.1] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev 6.[3.2] Not Used.[3.3] USNRC NUREG 0612, Handling of Large Loads in Nuclear Plants.[3.4] ANSI N 14.6 Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing 10000 lbs. (4500 kg.) or More for Nuclear Materials, 1993.[3.5] ASME Code, Section II, Part D, 1995.[3.8] Manual of Steel Construction, AISC, 9th Edition.[3.9] CMAA Specification  
The analysis is based on strength of materials formulations.
#70, Crane Manufacturers of America, 1988.[3.10] ASME Code, Section III, Subsection NF, 2011.[3.11] Machinery's Handbook, 27th Edition, 2004.[3.12] Crosby catalog, 2011.[3.13] MATHCAD, Mathsoft, Version 15.0.[3.14] ASME BTH-1 -2011, Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ASME.PROJECT 1916 H-1 ofll1 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H 4.0 Acceptance Criteria, Allowable Strengths, and Assumptions 4.1 Acceptance Criteria Lifting of heavy objects is governed by [3.3] which references  
All analyses and thepreparation of this report are carried out using the Mathcad electronic scratchpad program [3.13] on a computer using Windows 7.3.0 References
[3.4] for actual numerical values for allowable strengths.
[3.1] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev 6.[3.2] Not Used.[3.3] USNRC NUREG 0612, Handling of Large Loads in Nuclear Plants.[3.4] ANSI N 14.6 Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing10000 lbs. (4500 kg.) or More for Nuclear Materials, 1993.[3.5] ASME Code, Section II, Part D, 1995.[3.8] Manual of Steel Construction, AISC, 9th Edition.[3.9] CMAA Specification  
The primary normal stress at a given section must be less than the minimum of Sy/3 or Su/5 (Sy=material yield strength; Su= material ultimate strength) when the applied load is equal to the lifted load including any dynamic amplification.
#70, Crane Manufacturers of America, 1988.[3.10] ASME Code, Section III, Subsection NF, 2011.[3.11] Machinery's  
Further, in accordance with[3.4], a further reduction in allowable strengths, by a factor of 2.0, is mandated if the lifting device does not have redundant load paths.There is no specific requirement for welds. Conservatively, it is assumed that the same requirement imposed on the base metal section is also imposed on the weld section.There is no requirement to check any local or secondary stress states.4.2 Allowable Strengths The following materials and allowable strengths are used in this analysis.Values for yield strength and ultimate strength are obtained at 150 OF from [3.5].SA -240-304 SA-479-304 SY240 =26700.psi Sy 4 7 9 26700-psi SU240 =73000.psi SU479 73000.psi Based on the above material strengths, the following allowable strengths are computed: (a20 fSY 2 4 0 : SU, 4 0 SY2 4 0 SU 2 4 0 (SY 4 7 9 SU 4 7 9 SY 4 7 9 SU 4 7 9)Sa7 i(6 :5 10 6'10)Sa 2 4 o= 4.45 x 103.psi Sa47 = 4.45 x 103 psi 4.3 Assumptions PROJECT 1916 H-2 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H The dynamic load factor is conservatively assumed to be 15% of dead weight to account for inertia effects, which is appropriate for low speed lifts.Shear strength is taken as 57.7% of the controlling normal stress allowable.
: Handbook, 27th Edition, 2004.[3.12] Crosby catalog, 2011.[3.13] MATHCAD,  
The factor of 57.7% is the ratio of allowable stress in pure shear to the allowable stress in uniaxial tension based on the maximum distortion energy failure theory.There is no limit set on local bearing stress in [3.3] and [3.4]; a limit on bearing stress is set at 90% of material yield at 3 times the lifted load to ensure no yielding under the test load.The total lifting load is uniformly distributed among the liffing slings. It can be achieved by adjusting the sling angles.4.4 Safety Factor The safety factor at a particular location is defined as: SF. = allowable load (strength)/
: Mathsoft, Version 15.0.[3.14] ASME BTH-1 -2011, Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ASME.PROJECT 1916H-1 ofll1HI-2104715 APPENDIX H4.0 Acceptance  
calculated load (stress).The requirement for an acceptable design is that all safety factors be greater than 1.0.5.0 Input Data 5.1 Load Data Load:= 5000.Ibf Anglel := 60.deg Angle2:= 30.deg DLF := .15 Bounding Lift Load [3.1]Min. Sling Angle from Horizontal (note 10 of [3.1])Projected angle in plane of platform [3.1]Dynamic Load Factor to account for inertia effects [3.9]5.2 Geometry Inputs The geometry inputs are provided along with the corresponding analysis in Section 6.0.PROJECT 1916 H-3 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H 6.0 Analyses All geometry inputs are from [3.1] unless otherwise noted.All item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.nsling 4 number of slings Load-(1 + DLF) _ 3 Tension:= -Loa.(l+ L) -1.66 x 103. force in each sling nsling. sin(,Anglel1)
: Criteria, Allowable Strengths, and Assumptions 4.1 Acceptance CriteriaLifting of heavy objects is governed by [3.3] which references  
[3.4] for actualnumerical values for allowable strengths.
The primary normal stress ata given section must be less than the minimum of Sy/3 or Su/5 (Sy=material yield strength; Su= material ultimate strength) when the applied load is equal tothe lifted load including any dynamic amplification.  
: Further, in accordance with[3.4], a further reduction in allowable strengths, by a factor of 2.0, is mandatedif the lifting device does not have redundant load paths.There is no specific requirement for welds. Conservatively, it is assumed thatthe same requirement imposed on the base metal section is also imposed onthe weld section.There is no requirement to check any local or secondary stress states.4.2 Allowable Strengths The following materials and allowable strengths are used in this analysis.
Values for yield strength and ultimate strength are obtained at 150 OF from [3.5].SA -240-304SA-479-304 SY240 =26700.psi Sy47926700-psi SU240 =73000.psi SU479 73000.psi Based on the above material strengths, the following allowable strengths arecomputed:
(a20 fSY240 : SU,40 SY240 SU240(SY479 SU479 SY479 SU479)Sa7 i(6 :5 10 6'10)Sa24o= 4.45 x 103.psiSa47 = 4.45 x 103 psi4.3 Assumptions PROJECT 1916H-2 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX HThe dynamic load factor is conservatively assumed to be 15% of dead weightto account for inertia effects, which is appropriate for low speed lifts.Shear strength is taken as 57.7% of the controlling normal stress allowable.
The factor of 57.7% is the ratio of allowable stress in pure shear to theallowable stress in uniaxial tension based on the maximum distortion energyfailure theory.There is no limit set on local bearing stress in [3.3] and [3.4]; a limit on bearingstress is set at 90% of material yield at 3 times the lifted load to ensure noyielding under the test load.The total lifting load is uniformly distributed among the liffing slings. It can beachieved by adjusting the sling angles.4.4 Safety FactorThe safety factor at a particular location is defined as:SF. = allowable load (strength)/
calculated load (stress).
The requirement for an acceptable design is that all safetyfactors be greater than 1.0.5.0 Input Data5.1 Load DataLoad:= 5000.IbfAnglel := 60.degAngle2:=
30.degDLF := .15Bounding Lift Load [3.1]Min. Sling Angle from Horizontal (note 10 of [3.1])Projected angle in plane of platform  
[3.1]Dynamic Load Factor to account for inertia effects [3.9]5.2 Geometry InputsThe geometry inputs are provided along with the corresponding analysis inSection 6.0.PROJECT 1916H-3 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX H6.0 AnalysesAll geometry inputs are from [3.1] unless otherwise noted.All item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.nsling 4 number of slingsLoad-(1 + DLF) _ 3Tension:=  
-Loa.(l+
L) -1.66 x 103. force in each slingnsling. sin(,Anglel1)
Ph := Tension-cos(Angle1)  
Ph := Tension-cos(Angle1)  
= 829.941-1bf horizontal force component P,:= Tension-sin(Anglei)  
= 829.941-1bf horizontal force component P,:= Tension-sin(Anglei)  
= 1.437 x 1031Ibf vertical force component 6.1 Lifting Shackle (item 7)Fwt 5tonne-g  
= 1.437 x 1031Ibf vertical force component 6.1 Lifting Shackle (item 7)Fwt 5tonne-g = 1.102 x 10 4-bf working load limit of shackle [3.12] 1 Fu: F,1r4.5 = 4.96 x 104.1bf ultimate load limit is 4.5 times working load limit [3.12]Ful 10 [SafetyFactort 2 Safety Factortb .Tension f 2,988 Note that the commerically procured shackle only needs to meet the 1/10th of the ultimate per [3.3] and [3.4].6.2 Lifting Block (item 5)d := 4.5.in PROJECT 1916 width of block H-4 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H b := 0.75.in c:= 2in dhole := 1-in hhol :=4-23in-lin = 3.719 in 32 dpi, :=0.75.in Anglel = 60.deg d x := -= 2.25 in 2 thickness of lifting block near the top thickness of lifting block near the bottom pin hole diameter at the top pin hole elevation (from the small pinhole center near top to the root of the thin portion of block)lift pin diameter [3.12]angle of load application extreme fiber distance to centroid Bearing Stress on block from Shackle Pin at Block Top Ab:= dpin'b = 0.562 in 2 bearing area Tension3 Or := -2.951 x 10 3psi bearing stress on block Ab SY 2 4 0 Opbearing
= 1.102 x 10 4-bf working load limit of shackle [3.12] 1Fu: F,1r4.5 = 4.96 x 104.1bf ultimate load limit is 4.5 timesworking load limit [3.12]Ful10 [SafetyFactort 2Safety Factortb  
*= .9'- = 8.01 x 10 psi bearing stress allowable 3 SFb.- Upbearing  
.Tension f 2,988Note that the commerically procured shackle only needs to meet the 1/10th of theultimate per [3.3] and [3.4].6.2 Lifting Block (item 5)d := 4.5.inPROJECT 1916width of blockH-4 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX Hb := 0.75.inc:= 2indhole := 1-inhhol :=4-23in-lin = 3.719 in32dpi, :=0.75.in Anglel = 60.degdx := -= 2.25 in2thickness of lifting block near the topthickness of lifting block near the bottompin hole diameter at the toppin hole elevation (from the smallpinhole center near top to the root of thethin portion of block)lift pin diameter  
[SFb = 2714 safety factor on bearing J Tb PROJECT 1916 H-5 of I1I HI-2104715 APPENDIX H Tear Out of Pin at Liftina Block Tor The shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51) from [3.14].A,= 2[a + ýý" (I- cos 1)t Assuming the tearout is in the vertical direction instead of along the sling direction to obtain conservative shear area and to simplify calculations.
[3.12]angle of load application extreme fiber distance to centroidBearing Stress on block from Shackle Pin at Block TopAb:= dpin'b = 0.562 in2 bearing areaTension3Or := -2.951 x 10 3psi bearing stress on blockAbSY240Opbearing
The minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate is: dhole a:= lin-- =0 .5.in 2 5,.:= 55. = 41.25 dhole A, := 2 + ---i-.(1 -cos((0.deg))
*= .9'- = 8.01 x 10 psi bearing stress allowable 3SFb.- Upbearing  
b = 0.89.in 2 Tension 3 Tt :=- = 1.866 x 10 .psi A, shear plane and vertical angle total area of shear planes shear stress Sa 2 4 0-0.577 SFt : Tt SF7= 1.376]safety factor on tear out PROJECT 1916 H-6 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H Direction of appliedload Shear planes Curved edge A fN r R P CL hole where:-, = total area of the two shear planes beyond the pinhole a minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate= plate thickness Dv = pin diameter DI, = hole diameter= 55LP (in degrees)Figure 1 [3.14]Tensile Stress at Pin Hole Cross-Section at Lifting Block Top Ah := (d -dhole)-b = 2.625 in 2 Tension h .- Te -= 632.336.psi Ah area at pin hole cross-section tensile stress at pin hole cross-section safety factor at hole cross-section SFh= _(rh SFh =7.03 7 Stress at Root of Lifting Block's Thin Portion PROJECT 1916 H-7 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H The thickness of lifting block transitions from thickness "b" to "c" near the mid-height.
[SFb = 2714 safety factor on bearingJ TbPROJECT 1916 H-5 of I1IHI-2104715 APPENDIX HTear Out of Pin at Liftina Block TorThe shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51) from [3.14].A,= 2[a + ýý" (I- cos 1)tAssuming the tearout is in the vertical direction instead of along the slingdirection to obtain conservative shear area and to simplify calculations.
The thickness "c" is 2.67 times the thickness "b". The loading pattem on the lifting block and the geometry determines the critical cross-section is at the room of the lifting block's thin portion.The critical cross-section is subjected to tensile stress from vertical component of sling load, shear stress from horizontal component of sling load, and bending stress from the horizontal component of sling load.3 M := Ph'hhole = 3.086 x 10. Ibf-in d 3.b 4:= = 5.695 in 12 M d 13.s orb : d.= 1.219 x 10 psi 1 2 o- = 425.926-psi b.d 3 (r 1 combine: (Tb + (t= 1.645 x 10 *psi bending moment bending moment of inertia bending stress tensile stress from tension combined tensile stress safety factor for tensile stress Sa24o SFT I -O't combine FsF72-7 0 5 TL.- -- 245.908-psi b d shear stress Sa 2 4 0-0.577 SFs.TL ISS 0.441 safety factor for shear 6.3 Lifting Bar (item 6)PROJECT 1916 H-8 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H All item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.The lifting bar (or pin) goes through the thicker portion of lifting block at the bottom.The pin is supported at two ends by the platform plate (item 1).dl := 1.5in lifting pin diameter load on pin is conservatively taken as the sling load.Ppin := Tension = 1.66 x 103.Ibf The pin is subjected to a shear load. The maximum shear stress in the pin is calculated as:.pini Pi 469~.651-psi 0.577-Sa 4 7 9 SFshear : shear stress SFshe, = 5.467E The bending of the pin is evaluated by assuming simple support conditions for the pin. The beam span is conservatively assumed to be the distance between the mid-points of the supported ends of the pin. The beam span assumption is an extremely conservative assumption.
Theminimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate is:dholea:= lin-- =0 .5.in25,.:= 55. = 41.25dholeA, := 2 + ---i-.(1 -cos((0.deg))
The lift load is applied as a uniformly distributed load over the width of the lifting foot. It is noted there is 1/8" gap between the lifting block and the inside edges of the platform plate (2.125"-2").
b = 0.89.in2Tension 3Tt :=- = 1.866 x 10 .psiA,shear plane and vertical angletotal area of shear planesshear stressSa240-0.577SFt :TtSF7= 1.376]safety factor on tear outPROJECT 1916H-6 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX HDirection ofappliedload Shear planesCurved edge AfNr RP CL holewhere:-, = total area of the two shear planes beyond the pinholea minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate= plate thickness Dv = pin diameterDI, = hole diameter= 55LP (in degrees)Figure 1 [3.14]Tensile Stress at Pin Hole Cross-Section at Lifting Block TopAh := (d -dhole)-b  
The 1/8" gap may cause slight of-center loading on the pin. However, the effect is negligible and therefore is not considered herein.c = 2 in lifting plate thickness at bottom (6 -2.125)in L := + 2.125in = 4.063 in 2 assumed beam span a:= c = 2 in load span PROJECT 1916 H-9 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H crl := 0.04in diametral clearance on pin and pin hole Moment:= .= 1.271 x 10 3.Ibf-in 2 2 2 ITr 4 4:= -.dl =0.249 in 64 dl 3 ('bendingI  
= 2.625 in2Tensionh .- Te -= 632.336.psi Aharea at pin hole cross-section tensile stress at pin hole cross-section safety factor at hole cross-section SFh= _(rhSFh =7.03 7Stress at Root of Lifting Block's Thin PortionPROJECT 1916H-7 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX HThe thickness of lifting block transitions from thickness "b" to "c" near themid-height.
:= Moment.- = 3.835 x 10 .psi 2.1 maximum bending stress in pin moment of inertia of pin bending stress in pin SFbendl .(Tbending i SFbend = 1.16 beafina at pinhole at liftinq block bottom Lifting pin and lifting block are made of two different materials.
The thickness "c" is 2.67 times the thickness "b". The loading pattemon the lifting block and the geometry determines the critical cross-section is at theroom of the lifting block's thin portion.The critical cross-section is subjected to tensile stress from vertical component ofsling load, shear stress from horizontal component of sling load, and bendingstress from the horizontal component of sling load.3M := Ph'hhole  
min(SY 4 7 9 , SY 2 4 0) 3 rpbearing
= 3.086 x 10. Ibf-ind3.b 4:= = 5.695 in12M d 13.sorb : d.= 1.219 x 10 psi1 2o- = 425.926-psi b.d3(r1combine:  
.9= 8.01 x 10 .psi 3 P.i O'bear= = 553.294"psi dl'c SFbem1 := pbearing O T bearl bearing stress allowable bearing stress SFbearl = 14.477f tearout at pinhole at liftinc block bottom The shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51)from  
(Tb + (t= 1.645 x 10 *psibending momentbending moment of inertiabending stresstensile stress from tensioncombined tensile stresssafety factor for tensile stressSa24oSFT I -O't combineFsF72-7 0 5TL.- -- 245.908-psi b dshear stressSa240-0.577SFs.TLISS 0.441safety factor for shear6.3 Lifting Bar (item 6)PROJECT 1916H-8 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX HAll item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.The lifting bar (or pin) goes through the thicker portion of lifting block at the bottom.The pin is supported at two ends by the platform plate (item 1).dl := 1.5inlifting pin diameterload on pin is conservatively taken as the sling load.Ppin := Tension = 1.66 x 103.IbfThe pin is subjected to a shear load. The maximum shear stress in the pin iscalculated as:.pini Pi 469~.651-psi 0.577-Sa479SFshear :shear stressSFshe, = 5.467EThe bending of the pin is evaluated by assuming simple support conditions for the pin. The beam span is conservatively assumed to be the distancebetween the mid-points of the supported ends of the pin. The beam spanassumption is an extremely conservative assumption.
[3.14]. The sketch is shown in Figure 1 above.PROJECT 1916 H-10 of 11 HI-210471 5
The lift load is appliedas a uniformly distributed load over the width of the lifting foot. It is notedthere is 1/8" gap between the lifting block and the inside edges of theplatform plate (2.125"-2").
APPENDIX H 1.54in a:= 2in -l.23in 2 4:= dl 0:= 55. -= 53.571 1.54in A, := 2 a + -( -cos(dp-deg) c= 6.139.in pin Ttearl .=..L. = 270.403.psi A,,.577Sa 2 4 0 SFteaI :=i Ttearl minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate shear plane and vertical angle total area of shear planes shear stress ISFteaz = 9.496 7.0 Conclusion Since safety factors of parts that are in the load path are all greater than 1.0, using the specified allowable strengths in section 4.2, the lifting point meets the requirements of NUREG 0612 and ANSI N14.6. Therefore, the lifting point is acceptable.
The 1/8" gap may cause slight of-center loadingon the pin. However, the effect is negligible and therefore is not considered herein.c = 2 inlifting plate thickness at bottom(6 -2.125)inL := + 2.125in = 4.063 in2assumed beam spana:= c = 2 inload spanPROJECT 1916H-9 of 11HI-2104715 APPENDIX Hcrl := 0.04indiametral clearance on pin and pin holeMoment:=  
PROJECT 1916 H-11 ofll1 HI-2104715 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX I: ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLAB IN CAMPAIGN II AND III CONFIGURATION INTRODUCTION The finite element model described in Ref. [1.1] is non-conservative because it credits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. This appendix analyzes the spent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D +1.7E) per [1.1], without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The applied flexural loads are from the slab dead weight, water in the pool, Campaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) and HI-TRAC IO0D cask.METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS The spent fuel pool slab is analyzed as a rectangular plate under a uniform pressure load corresponding to the limiting load combination 1.4D + 1.7 E. The flexure of the slab is analyzed.
.= 1.271 x 103.Ibf-in2 2 2ITr 4 4:= -.dl =0.249 in64dl 3('bendingI  
Two different sets of boundary conditions are analyzed for the slab for completeness:
:= Moment.-  
: 1) all edges fixed;2) three edges fixed (north, south, and east) and one edge simply supported (west).The load on the slab is assumed to be uniform pressure.The SSE dynamic loads from the racks and HI-TRAC cask are conservatively assumed to be the OBE loads.ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The calculated maximum bending moment in the slab under flexural loading shall be less than the reinforcement ultimate moment obtained from [1.1].REFERENCES
= 3.835 x 10 .psi2.1maximum bending stress in pinmoment of inertia of pinbending stress in pinSFbendl .(Tbending iSFbend = 1.16beafina at pinhole at liftinq block bottomLifting pin and lifting block are made of two different materials.
[1.1] Holtec Report HI-92952, "Calculation Package for Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool Slab Structural Requalification", Rev. 1.[1.2] Young, W.C., Roark's Formulas for Stress & Strain, McGraw Hill International, 6th Edition.[1.3] Bechtel Drawing C-108 Rev. 3.Page I-1 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 INPUT DATA L := 484.in W:= 366-in t:= 60.in H:= 39.ft Ic := 165-pcf-1w:= 62.42.pcf D1 2949480.lbf E :=0.372.D, D4 := 1910001bf E 4:= 1.680.D 4 az := 0.3108 Inside dimension of SFP in NS direction  
min(SY479, SY240) 3rpbearing
.9= 8.01 x 10 .psi3P.iO'bear= = 553.294"psi dl'cSFbem1 := pbearingOTbearlbearing stress allowable bearing stressSFbearl = 14.477ftearout at pinhole at liftinc block bottomThe shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51)from  
[3.14]. The sketchis shown in Figure 1 above.PROJECT 1916H-10 of 11HI-210471 5
APPENDIX H1.54ina:= 2in -l.23in24:= dl0:= 55. -= 53.5711.54inA, := 2 a + -( -cos(dp-deg) c= 6.139.inpinTtearl .=..L. = 270.403.psi A,,.577Sa240SFteaI :=iTtearlminimum edge distance frompinhole to edge of plateshear plane and vertical angletotal area of shear planesshear stressISFteaz = 9.4967.0 Conclusion Since safety factors of parts that are in the load path are all greater than 1.0,using the specified allowable strengths in section 4.2, the lifting point meets therequirements of NUREG 0612 and ANSI N14.6. Therefore, the lifting point isacceptable.
PROJECT 1916H-11 ofll1HI-2104715 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX I: ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLABIN CAMPAIGN II AND III CONFIGURATION INTRODUCTION The finite element model described in Ref. [1.1] is non-conservative because itcredits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. This appendix analyzes thespent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D +1.7E) per [1.1], withoutcrediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The applied flexural loads are fromthe slab dead weight, water in the pool, Campaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) andHI-TRAC IO0D cask.METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS The spent fuel pool slab is analyzed as a rectangular plate under a uniform pressure loadcorresponding to the limiting load combination 1.4D + 1.7 E. The flexure of the slab isanalyzed.
Two different sets of boundary conditions are analyzed for the slab forcompleteness:
: 1) all edges fixed;2) three edges fixed (north, south, and east) and one edge simply supported (west).The load on the slab is assumed to be uniform pressure.
The SSE dynamic loads from the racks and HI-TRAC cask are conservatively assumed tobe the OBE loads.ACCEPTANCE CRITERIAThe calculated maximum bending moment in the slab under flexural loading shall be lessthan the reinforcement ultimate moment obtained from [1.1].REFERENCES
[1.1] Holtec Report HI-92952, "Calculation Package for Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool SlabStructural Requalification",
Rev. 1.[1.2] Young, W.C., Roark's Formulas for Stress & Strain, McGraw Hill International, 6th Edition.[1.3] Bechtel Drawing C-108 Rev. 3.Page I-1 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 INPUT DATAL := 484.inW:= 366-int:= 60.inH:= 39.ftIc := 165-pcf-1w:= 62.42.pcf D1 2949480.lbf E :=0.372.D, D4 := 1910001bf E4:= 1.680.D4az := 0.3108Inside dimension of SFP in NS direction  
[1.3]Inside dimension of SFP in EW direction  
[1.3]Inside dimension of SFP in EW direction  
[1.3]Thickness of SFP concrete slab (Page 4-1 of [1.1])Height of SFP water above slab (Page 5.1C of [1.1])Weight density of reinforced concrete (Page 2-5 of [1.1])Weight density of waterDead weight of racks in Campaign II and III (with regular fuelweighing 680 lb per assembly)  
[1.3]Thickness of SFP concrete slab (Page 4-1 of [1.1])Height of SFP water above slab (Page 5.1C of [1.1])Weight density of reinforced concrete (Page 2-5 of [1.1])Weight density of water Dead weight of racks in Campaign II and III (with regular fuel weighing 680 lb per assembly) (from Table 2 of main report)OBE dynamic adder associated with loaded racks (conservatively uses SSE result from Table 2 of main report)HI-TRAC dead weight [5.8]OBE dynamic adder associated with HI-TRAC (conservatively uses SSE results from Table 2 of main report)OBE vertical acceleration of SFP slab at 10.596 Hz (from p. 6-1C and 5B-6 of [1.1])Page 1-2 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 CALCULATIONS Weight of water in SFP D :=L.W.t.-Yc Self weight of reinforced concrete slab (excluding girders)D1 + D 2 + D3 + D4 D = 40.363psi L.W Equivalent pressure on wetted slab area due to dead loads from racks and cask Hydrodynamic force on slab due to OBE loading Seismic inertia force acting on slab due to OBE loading El + E2 + E3 + E4 E := L-= 15.04-psi L.W q :=1.4-D + 1.7.E = 82.076-psi Equivalent pressure on wetted slab area due to OBE loads from racks and cask Factored pressure load on slab for load combination 1.4D + 1.7E Use Table 26 from [1.2] to evaluate the flexural loads on the SFP slab. Two different sets of boundary conditions are evaluated.
(from Table 2 of main report)OBE dynamic adder associated with loaded racks(conservatively uses SSE result from Table 2 of main report)HI-TRAC dead weight [5.8]OBE dynamic adder associated with HI-TRAC (conservatively uses SSE results from Table 2 of main report)OBE vertical acceleration of SFP slab at 10.596 Hz(from p. 6-1C and 5B-6 of [1.1])Page 1-2 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 CALCULATIONS Weight of water in SFPD :=L.W.t.-Yc Self weight of reinforced concrete slab (excluding girders)D1 + D2 + D3 + D4D = 40.363psi L.WEquivalent pressure on wetted slab areadue to dead loads from racks and caskHydrodynamic force on slab due to OBE loadingSeismic inertia force acting on slab due to OBE loadingEl + E2 + E3 + E4E := L-= 15.04-psi L.Wq :=1.4-D + 1.7.E = 82.076-psi Equivalent pressure on wetted slab areadue to OBE loads from racks and caskFactored pressure load on slab for loadcombination 1.4D + 1.7EUse Table 26 from [1.2] to evaluate the flexural loads on the SFP slab. Two different sets ofboundary conditions are evaluated.
Boundary Condition 1: All edaes fixed (Case No. 8 from Table 26 of [1.21)a:= L b:= W a-= 1.322 b Olx:= (1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 1010 P(0.3078 0.3834 0.4356 0.4680 0.4872 0.4974 0.5000)Page 1-3 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 linterp( 01X T, OyT, a 0 = 0.415 P2x:= [Ix 022y:= (0.1386 0.1794 0.2094 0.2286 0.2406 0.2472 0.2500)linterp(s 2 XT, 0 2 yT,fb) [2=0.198 At center of long edge (east edge of slab at center): (7 1 .- -21 = -1.268 x 10 3psi 2 t 2"I .- Crv M, 1= -761.098 kip.6 in kip-in Me:= 1027.1 Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])in SF:.- MI ISF = 1.349 At center (slab center region): 0 2.q-b2 2T2 2 O"2 = 603.973.psi t 2 cr 2.t kip.in M2 .- M2 = 362.384-k 6 in MC:= 919.1-kp Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])in Page 1-4 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 SF .- ISF = 2.536 IM21 Boundary Condition 2: Three edges fixed, one edge simply supported (Case No. 9 from Table 26 of [I.21)a:= L b:= W a = 1.322 b[3x (0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0)031y:= (0.020 0.081 0.173 0.307 0.539 0.657 0.718)y 01 := linterp 01 x T,3y T,' a1 = 0.457 02x,:= 1x 02y:= (0.004 0.018 0.062 0.134 0.284 0.370 0.422)3:np T,0) T,a P, = 0.231 02 / :=litep(2 -Y -b)03x:= O 3 1x 03y:=(0.01 6 0.061 0.118 0.158 0.164 0.135 0.097)33 := linterp0 3 xT,03 3 T,ba 133 = 0.162 0 3 4x:= 1 3 1x Page 1-5 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 1 3 4y:= (0.031 0.121 0.242 0.343 0.417 0.398 0.318)034 :=linterp(13 4 x, , Y Tb 34 = 0.391 At x = 0, z = 0 (east edge of slab at center): 2 or t MI.-6 Mc : 1027.1-ýýin o" 1 = -1.394 x 10 3psi M= -8 3 6.6 8 3 kip.in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])SF .- meISF = 1.228]IMII At x = 0, z = 0.6b (slab center region): 0,2.q-b 2 2 t 2 cr 2.M2 0=-2't-6 M 9 1 9.1 kip-in in cr2= 704.637-psi M2= 422.782- kip.in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M c SF.-1 M21 PSF = 2.174 J Page 1-6 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 03-q- 2 U3* 2 2 2 o-3.M 3 := --'--6 Mc:= 729.in SF-Mc SF:=0-3 = 494.357.psi M3 = 296.614. kip7i in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])ISF = 2.458 1 At x = +/- a/2, z = 0.6b (north and south edges of slab near center):-P34. q2 0T4 2 t 2 (04'M4" 6 Mc:= 1 0 2 7.1.A in ("4 = -1.193 x 10 3psi M 4 =-715.962  
Boundary Condition 1: All edaes fixed (Case No. 8 from Table 26 of [1.21)a:= Lb:= Wa-= 1.322bOlx:= (1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 1010P(0.3078 0.3834 0.4356 0.4680 0.4872 0.4974 0.5000)Page 1-3 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 linterp(
.kip .-in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M c SF:=1M41 ISF = 1.435 ]Slab Shear Check The "beam shear" is not a credible failure mode for the slab and therefore the beam shear stresses need not be evaluated.
01X T, OyT, a 0 = 0.415P2x:= [Ix022y:= (0.1386 0.1794 0.2094 0.2286 0.2406 0.2472 0.2500)linterp(s 2XT, 02yT,fb) [2=0.198At center of long edge (east edge of slab at center):(71 .- -21 = -1.268 x 10 3psi2t2"I .- Crv M, 1= -761.098 kip.6 inkip-inMe:= 1027.1 Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])inSF:.- MI ISF = 1.349At center (slab center region):0 2.q-b22T2 2 O"2 = 603.973.psi t2cr2.t kip.inM2 .- M2 = 362.384-k 6 inMC:= 919.1-kp Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])inPage 1-4 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 SF .- ISF = 2.536IM21Boundary Condition 2: Three edges fixed, one edge simply supported (Case No. 9 from Table 26 of [I.21)a:= Lb:= Wa = 1.322b[3x (0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0)031y:= (0.020 0.081 0.173 0.307 0.539 0.657 0.718)y01 := linterp 01 x T,3y T,' a1 = 0.45702x,:= 1x02y:= (0.004 0.018 0.062 0.134 0.284 0.370 0.422)3:np T,0) T,a P, = 0.23102 / :=litep(2  
However, a peripheral shear check is required for the gross floor slab load and is performed as follows.fc:= 4000psi concrete compressive strength (Page 6-90 of [5.4])Page 1-7 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 d := 57in distance from the most compressed fiber to the tensile reinforcement (Page 6-90 of [5.4])b0 := (L + W -2.d).2 = 1.472 x 10 3.in slab perimeter Next is to calculate the minimum shear capacity of slab, Vcap. Per Section 11.12.2.1 of[5.11], Vcap is the smallest of the following two capacities:
-Y -b)03x:= O31x03y:=(0.01 6 0.061 0.118 0.158 0.164 0.135 0.097)33 := linterp03xT,033T,ba 133 = 0.162034x:= 131xPage 1-5 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 134y:= (0.031 0.121 0.242 0.343 0.417 0.398 0.318)034 :=linterp(13 4x, , Y Tb34 = 0.391At x = 0, z = 0 (east edge of slab at center):2or tMI.-6Mc : 1027.1-ýý ino"1 = -1.394 x 10 3psiM= -836.683 kip.ininReinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])SF .- meISF = 1.228]IMIIAt x = 0, z = 0.6b (slab center region):0,2.q-b 22t2cr2.M2 0=-2't-6M 919.1kip-inincr2= 704.637-psi M2= 422.782-kip.ininReinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M cSF.-1 M21PSF = 2.174 JPage 1-6 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 03-q- 2U3* 222o-3.M 3 := --'--6Mc:= 729.inSF-McSF:=0-3 = 494.357.psi M3 = 296.614.
L 3:= = 1.322 W ratio of long side to short side of the slab ( 4~' 7 VCap, :=O.85. (2 + ýpi b' = 2.266 x 10 .*fbf capacity 1 ot:= 30 parameter of edge column ( ~ d'- 7:= 0.85- 2 + p" b d = 1.426 x 10- lbf Vcap2 0)VCO Vcap:= min(VcapI, Vcap2) = 1.426 x 10 7.1bf 7 Dtotal: q.(L -d).(W -d) = 1.083 x 10 *Ibf calculated minimum shear capacity per ACI Code [5.11]total vertical load on slab safety factor.- Vcap SF Dt Dtotal[SF = 1.317 CONCLUSION This appendix analyzes the spent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D+1.7E), without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. It is shown that the calculated maximum bending moments in the slab under flexural loading are less than the reinforcement ultimate moment. Therefore, the existing loads on the SFP slab from Campaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) and the loaded HI-TRAC cask are well within its design capacity.
kip7iinReinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])ISF = 2.458 1At x = +/- a/2, z = 0.6b (north and south edges of slab near center):-P34. q20T4 2t2(04'M4" 6Mc:= 1027.1.Ain("4 = -1.193 x 10 3psiM 4 =-715.962  
Also, the slab shear stress around the periphery is within its capacity.Page 1-8 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX J: ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDER NORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS
.kip .-ininReinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M cSF:=1M41ISF = 1.435 ]Slab Shear CheckThe "beam shear" is not a credible failure mode for the slab and therefore the beamshear stresses need not be evaluated.  
: However, a peripheral shear check is requiredfor the gross floor slab load and is performed as follows.fc:= 4000psiconcrete compressive strength (Page 6-90 of [5.4])Page 1-7 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 d := 57indistance from the most compressed fiber to thetensile reinforcement (Page 6-90 of [5.4])b0 := (L + W -2.d).2 = 1.472 x 103.inslab perimeter Next is to calculate the minimum shear capacity of slab, Vcap. Per Section 11.12.2.1 of[5.11], Vcap is the smallest of the following two capacities:
L3:= = 1.322Wratio of long side to short side of the slab( 4~' 7VCap, :=O.85. (2 + ýpi b' = 2.266 x 10 .*fbfcapacity 1ot:= 30parameter of edge column( ~ d'- 7:= 0.85- 2 + p" b d = 1.426 x 10- lbfVcap2 0)VCOVcap:= min(VcapI, Vcap2) = 1.426 x 107.1bf7Dtotal: q.(L -d).(W -d) = 1.083 x 10 *Ibfcalculated minimum shear capacityper ACI Code [5.11]total vertical load on slabsafety factor.- VcapSF DtDtotal[SF = 1.317CONCLUSION This appendix analyzes the spent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D+1.7E), without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. It is shown thatthe calculated maximum bending moments in the slab under flexural loading are less thanthe reinforcement ultimate moment. Therefore, the existing loads on the SFP slab fromCampaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) and the loaded HI-TRAC cask are well within itsdesign capacity.
Also, the slab shear stress around the periphery is within its capacity.
Page 1-8 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX J: ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDERNORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS


==1.0 Introduction==
==1.0 Introduction==
In this appendix, the leveling platform (adjustable supports or pedestals) that are used tosupport the loaded HI-TRAC 100D under normal and seismic conditions are analyzed forstrength and thread engagement length.2.0 Methodology  
In this appendix, the leveling platform (adjustable supports or pedestals) that are used to support the loaded HI-TRAC 100D under normal and seismic conditions are analyzed for strength and thread engagement length.2.0 Methodology  
& Assumptions The structural adequacy of the Leveling Platform is established using the formulations of strength ofmaterials and static equilibrium.
& Assumptions The structural adequacy of the Leveling Platform is established using the formulations of strength of materials and static equilibrium.
The maximum tension, compression,shear,  
The maximum tension, compression,shear, bending, and combined stresses are calculated for the structural members of the Leveling Platform, and then safety factors are evaluated based on the allowable stress limits set in section 3.The required data for analysis is: 1) number of pedestals;  
: bending, and combinedstresses are calculated for the structural members of the Leveling  
: Platform, and then safety factors areevaluated based on the allowable stress limits set in section 3.The required data for analysis is: 1) number of pedestals;  
: 2) internal and external thread dimensions;
: 2) internal and external thread dimensions;
: 3) load under normal and seismic conditions; and 4) material properties.
: 3) load under normal and seismic conditions; and 4) material properties.
E70XX series (or better) electrodes are used to fabricate the adjustable platform plate assembly, whichhas an ultimate strength of 70 ksi. The tensile strength of 70 ksi is used to compute the weld safetyfactor.3.0 Acceptance CriteriaThe acceptance criteria for normal and SSE conditions are based on ANSI/AISC N690 [J.8] as guidedby NRC and Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform  
E70XX series (or better) electrodes are used to fabricate the adjustable platform plate assembly, which has an ultimate strength of 70 ksi. The tensile strength of 70 ksi is used to compute the weld safety factor.3.0 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria for normal and SSE conditions are based on ANSI/AISC N690 [J.8] as guided by NRC and Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform [J.4].3.1 Level A Stress limits for Normal Conditions (Level A) are derived from Sections Q1.5 and Q1.6 of AISC N690-1994  
[J.4].3.1 Level AStress limits for Normal Conditions (Level A) are derived from Sections Q1.5 and Q1.6 of AISCN690-1994  
[J.8]. Terminology is in accordance with the AISC Specification.
[J.8]. Terminology is in accordance with the AISC Specification.
Allowable stress in tension is taken as 0.6 times yield strength on the gross area, but notmore than 0.5 times the tensile strength on the effective net area. (Q1.5.1.1)
Allowable stress in tension is taken as 0.6 times yield strength on the gross area, but not more than 0.5 times the tensile strength on the effective net area. (Q1.5.1.1)
Ft = 0.60. Fy < 0.50Fuii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective cross-sectional area is taken as 0.4 timesyield strength.  
Ft = 0.60. Fy < 0.50Fu ii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective cross-sectional area is taken as 0.4 times yield strength. (Q1.5.1.2.1)
(Q1.5.1.2.1)
Fv = 0.40. Fy iii. For stainless steel, allowable stress in compression on the gross section of axially loaded compression members whose cross-sections meet the provision of Kilr, the largest effective slendemess ratio of any unbraced segment, equal to or less than 120, is taken as (Q1.5.1.3.5, Q1.5.9.1, Eq. Q1.5-11)Page J-1 of J27  
Fv = 0.40. Fyiii. For stainless steel, allowable stress in compression on the gross section of axiallyloaded compression members whose cross-sections meet the provision of Kilr,the largest effective slendemess ratio of any unbraced  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Fa FJ F -2.15 .'20 &deg;where I = Unbraced length, r = Radius of gyration, if C = K < 120 r K = Effective length factor, iv. Allowable stress in bending is taken as 0.75 times yield strength for solid round and square bars.(Q1.5.1.4.3)
: segment, equal to or less than120, is taken as (Q1.5.1.3.5, Q1.5.9.1, Eq. Q1.5-11)Page J-1 of J27  
Fb = 0.75.Fy v. Members subjected to both axial compression and bending stresses shall be proportioned to satisfy the following requirements (Q1.6.1)fa + rCmx'fbx Cmy'fby <1.0 F+ fe bx + --I F<y Fex) -Fey)fa fbx 0.6Fy Fbx fby y 1.0 Eby For structural grade steels I 127r-E Fe.F =2:3 K.- L (\ rb)For stainless steels 2 T" .E2 Fe 2-k,. rb j I Cm E E2 is a coefficient whose value is conservatively taken as 1.0 in this study.is the modulus of elasticity, 29,000 ksi (steel)is the initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel 28,000 ksi vi. Allowable shear stress on an effective area of a fillet weld is taken as 0.3 times nominal tensile strength of weld metal.Allowable tension or compression parallel to axis of fillet welds is the same as the allowables in the base metal.(Table Q1.5.3)Page J-2 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 3.2 Level D Section 7.1 of PS-5256, Rev. 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform" [J.4] specifies that the allowable stresses should not exceed the ones from N690-1994  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Fa FJF -2.15 .'20 &deg;where I = Unbraced length,r = Radius of gyration, if C = K < 120rK = Effective length factor,iv. Allowable stress in bending is taken as 0.75 times yield strength for solid roundand square bars.(Q1.5.1.4.3)
Fb = 0.75.Fyv. Members subjected to both axial compression and bending stresses shall beproportioned to satisfy the following requirements (Q1.6.1)fa + rCmx'fbx Cmy'fby <1.0F+ fe bx + --I F<yFex) -Fey)fa fbx0.6Fy Fbxfbyy 1.0EbyFor structural grade steelsI127r-EFe.F =2:3 K.- L(\ rb)For stainless steels2T" .E2Fe 2-k,. rb jICmEE2is a coefficient whose value is conservatively taken as 1.0 in this study.is the modulus of elasticity, 29,000 ksi (steel)is the initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel 28,000 ksivi. Allowable shear stress on an effective area of a fillet weld is taken as 0.3 timesnominal tensile strength of weld metal.Allowable tension or compression parallel to axis of fillet welds is the same as theallowables in the base metal.(Table Q1.5.3)Page J-2 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 3.2 Level DSection 7.1 of PS-5256, Rev. 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform"  
[J.4] specifies that the allowable stresses should not exceed the ones from N690-1994  
[J.8].As Per Table Q1.5.7.1 in AISC N690-1994  
[J.8].As Per Table Q1.5.7.1 in AISC N690-1994  
[J.8], the allowable stresses in tension,  
[J.8], the allowable stresses in tension, bending, and compression are taken as 1.6 times the values in Level A conditions; while the allowable stresses in shear are taken as 1.4 times the values in Level A conditions.
: bending, andcompression are taken as 1.6 times the values in Level A conditions; while the allowable stresses inshear are taken as 1.4 times the values in Level A conditions.
Therefore, the stress limits for the Level D condition are established as follows: i. Allowable stress in tension is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.
Therefore, the stress limits for the Level Dcondition are established as follows:i. Allowable stress in tension is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.
ii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective section is taken as 1.4 times the value in Level A conditions.
ii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective section is taken as 1.4 times the valuein Level A conditions.
iii Allowable stress in compression is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.
iii Allowable stress in compression is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level Aconditions.
iv. Allowable stress in bending should be taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.
iv. Allowable stress in bending should be taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.
Insteadthe allowable is conservatively taken as 0.95 Sy.v. Allowable stress in welds is taken as 1.4 times the value in Level A conditions.
Instead the allowable is conservatively taken as 0.95 Sy.v. Allowable stress in welds is taken as 1.4 times the value in Level A conditions.


==4.0 Composition==
==4.0 Composition==
This document is created using the Mathcad (version 15.0) software package.
This document is created using the Mathcad (version 15.0) software package. Mathcad uses the symbol I:='as an assignment operator, and the equals symbol '=' retrieves values for constants or variables.
Mathcad uses the symbolI:='as an assignment  
: operator, and the equals symbol '=' retrieves values for constants or variables.


==5.0 References==
==5.0 References==
[J.1] E. Oberg and F.D. Jones, "Machinery's Handbook",
[J.1] E. Oberg and F.D. Jones, "Machinery's Handbook", 27th Edition, Industrial Press, 2004.[J.2] ASME CODE, Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.[J.3] Holtec Drawing 8262, Revision 6.[J.4] PS-5256, Revision 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform".
27th Edition, Industrial Press, 2004.[J.2] ASME CODE, Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.[J.3] Holtec Drawing 8262, Revision 6.[J.4] PS-5256, Revision 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform".
[J.5] Not Used.[J.6] ASME Code Section III, Appendix F, 2004.[J.7] ANSI/ASME BI. 1, "Unified Inch Screw Threads, UN and UNR Thread Form", 2003.[J.8] ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".
[J.5] Not Used.[J.6] ASME Code Section III, Appendix F, 2004.[J.7] ANSI/ASME BI. 1, "Unified Inch Screw Threads, UN and UNR Thread Form", 2003.[J.8] ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".
[J.9] PILGRIM Final Safety Analysis Report, Revision 27.(J.10] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9., Table 3.2.2.[J.11]ANSYS 13.0, SAS IP, Inc. 2010.Page J-3 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715
[J.9] PILGRIM Final Safety Analysis Report, Revision 27.(J.10] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9., Table 3.2.2.[J.11]ANSYS 13.0, SAS IP, Inc. 2010.Page J-3 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715
[J.12] Pilgrim specification No. C-114-ER-Q-EO, "Seismic Response Spectra".
[J.12] Pilgrim specification No. C-114-ER-Q-EO, "Seismic Response Spectra".6.0 Analyses 6.1 Input Data db := 5 in Las:= 5.25in db 2 Ad:= 4.-N:= 4--in p:= -= 0.25.in N Adjustable support diameter [J.3]Total length of adjustable support [J.3]Area of the unthreaded portion of the adjustable support Number of threads per inch (UN) [J.3]Thread pitch [J.7]Leng:= 2.5.in Minimum thread engagement  
6.0 Analyses6.1 Input Datadb := 5 inLas:= 5.25indb2Ad:= 4.-N:= 4--inp:= -= 0.25.inNAdjustable support diameter  
[J.3]Note: Minimum thread engagement is assumed to be the same as the block support pedestal thickness.
[J.3]Total length of adjustable support [J.3]Area of the unthreaded portion of the adjustable supportNumber of threads per inch (UN) [J.3]Thread pitch [J.7]Leng:= 2.5.in Minimum thread engagement  
From Section 5.8 of [J.7], Class 1A (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOlpD [2A:= 0.0015- + 0.0015. -+- in tOlPD 2 = .O89i alllA:= 0.3-tOIpD_2A alllA = 0.003267.in Class 1A (external threads) allowance  
[J.3]Note: Minimum thread engagement is assumed to be the same as the blocksupport pedestal thickness.
[J.7]Class IA (external threads) major diameter tolerance is calculated as: (1)tOlMD-IA:=
From Section 5.8 of [J.7], Class 1A (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as:tOlpD [2A:= 0.0015- + 0.0015. -+- intOlPD 2 = .O89ialllA:= 0.3-tOIpD_2A alllA = 0.003267.in Class 1A (external threads) allowance  
0-09'[(-.E)l -in in PageJ-41A  
[J.7]Class IA (external threads) major diameter tolerance is calculated as:(1)tOlMD-IA:=
= J27 Page J-4 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Class IA (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIpD_lA:=
0-09'[(-.E)l  
1.5.tOIpD_2A tOlpD_1A = 0.016334.in Class 1B (internal threads) minor diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIMDIB := [.2 5.,7 -0.4 ).] -in tOIMDIB = 0.0375-in Class 1 B (internal threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIpD1B := 1.95"tOIpD_2A tOIpD_1B = 0.021234.in D2 := 4.8376.in basic pitch diameter [J.7, table 9]DI 4.7294-in basic minor diameter of internal threads [J.7, table9]d 3 = 4.7023 in minor diameter of external threads [J.7, table 9]Thread dimensions below are calculated as per [J.7, table 17]: Dsmin:= db -alllA -tOIMD 1A Dsmin = 4.961 -in minimum major diameter of external thread Esmin := D2 -alliA -tOIpD_1A Esmin = 4.818 -in minimum pitch diameter of external thread Knmax:= D1 + tOIMD_lB Knmax = 4.7669.in maximum minor diameter of internal thread Enmax:= D 2 + tOIpD_lB Enmax = 4.8588-in maximum pitch diameter of internal thread Tensile stress area [J.1, page 1510]Esmin 0.16238 2 2 At, := 3.1416. 2 -N At 1 = 17.622-in tensile stress area for S 5 6 4 At2 := 0.7854.(db  
-ininPageJ-41A  
-At 2= 17.769-in 2 tensile stress area for S240 Page J-5 of J27  
= J27Page J-4 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Class IA (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as:tOIpD_lA:=
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 At:= min(Atl,At 2)IT 2 Agross:= -'db sqw:= 1.375in T.(d,)4 sq 64 12"T"(d 3)2 sq 2 A, :=- sqw 4 At = 17.622.in 2 minimum tensile stress area Agross = 19.635.in 2 Gross area of support 11 23.702. in 4 A, 15.476*in 2 r, 1.238-in width of square inside the adjustable support [J.3]moment of inertia of the adjustable support (conservative) cross sectional area of the adjustable support (conservative) r 1:= -radius of gyration L, := 4.25-in Unsupported length of the adjustable support [J.3](conservative)
1.5.tOIpD_2A tOlpD_1A  
Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is: K 1:= 1.2 Slendemess Ratio [J.8, table CQ-1.8.1]6.2 Material Properties:
= 0.016334.in Class 1B (internal threads) minor diameter tolerance is calculated as:tOIMDIB := [.25.,7 -0.4 ).] -in tOIMDIB = 0.0375-in Class 1 B (internal threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as:tOIpD1B := 1.95"tOIpD_2A tOIpD_1B  
= 0.021234.in D2 := 4.8376.in basic pitch diameter  
[J.7, table 9]DI 4.7294-in basic minor diameter of internal threads [J.7, table9]d3 = 4.7023 in minor diameter of external threads [J.7, table 9]Thread dimensions below are calculated as per [J.7, table 17]:Dsmin:= db -alllA -tOIMD 1A Dsmin = 4.961 -in minimum major diameter of external threadEsmin := D2 -alliA -tOIpD_1A Esmin = 4.818 -in minimum pitch diameter of external threadKnmax:= D1 + tOIMD_lB Knmax = 4.7669.in maximum minor diameter of internal threadEnmax:= D2 + tOIpD_lB Enmax = 4.8588-in maximum pitch diameter of internal threadTensile stress area [J.1, page 1510]Esmin 0.16238 2 2At, := 3.1416. 2 -N At1 = 17.622-in tensile stress area for S564At2 := 0.7854.(db  
-At2= 17.769-in 2tensile stress area for S240Page J-5 of J27  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 At:= min(Atl,At 2)IT 2Agross:=  
-'dbsqw:= 1.375inT.(d,)4 sq64 12"T"(d3)2 sq 2A, :=- sqw4At = 17.622.in 2minimum tensile stress areaAgross = 19.635.in 2Gross area of support11 23.702. in 4A, 15.476*in 2r, 1.238-inwidth of square inside the adjustable support [J.3]moment of inertia of the adjustable support(conservative) cross sectional area of the adjustable support(conservative) r1:= -radius of gyrationL, := 4.25-in Unsupported length of the adjustable support [J.3](conservative)
Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guidedcantilever beam is:K1:= 1.2 Slendemess Ratio [J.8, table CQ-1.8.1]
6.2 Material Properties:
SA-240-304 Stainless Steel (at 150 dee F temoerature)
SA-240-304 Stainless Steel (at 150 dee F temoerature)
Sy:= 26700-psi Su :=73000 psi7E, 2.78077-10  
Sy:= 26700-psi Su :=73000 psi 7 E, 2.78077-10  
.*psiYield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus [J.2]Note: Internal and external thread materials have different strengths.
.*psi Yield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus [J.2]Note: Internal and external thread materials have different strengths.
Page J-6 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel (at 150 deg F temperature)
Page J-6 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel (at 150 deg F temperature)
S564y:= 109200-psi S564u:= 140000.psi 7E:=2.85.10  
S564y:= 109200-psi S564u:= 140000.psi 7 E:=2.85.10 .psi Yield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus (J.2]6.3 Level A Allowable Stresses (Section 3.1 of this appendix)SA-240-304 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Sten_nor:=
.psiYield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus (J.2]6.3 Level A Allowable Stresses (Section 3.1 of this appendix)
SA-240-304 Stainless SteelAllowable Tension Stress Sten_nor:=
min(0.6Sy,0.5.Su)
min(0.6Sy,0.5.Su)
Sten_nor=
Sten_nor=
16020.psi Allowable Shear Stress Sshnor :0.4.Sy Sshnor = 10680 -psi0.3Weld Allowable Stress Sw-nor := 70ksi Sw-nor= 14849.2.
16020.psi Allowable Shear Stress Sshnor :0.4.Sy Sshnor = 10680 -psi 0.3 Weld Allowable Stress Sw-nor := 70ksi Sw-nor= 14849.2. psi Note: 1. The &#xfd; factor is to account for the minimum throat area of a fillet weld.2. The use of 70 ksi tensile strength is based on Section 2- Assumption in this Appendix.SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Stennor2 := min(O.6. S564y, 0.5 S564u)Ssh_nor2:=
psiNote: 1. The &#xfd; factor is to account for the minimum throat area of a fillet weld.2. The use of 70 ksi tensile strength is based on Section 2- Assumption in this Appendix.
SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless SteelAllowable Tension StressAllowable Shear StressStennor2
:= min(O.6.
S564y, 0.5 S564u)Ssh_nor2:=
0.4.S564y Sten_nor2  
0.4.S564y Sten_nor2  
= 65520-psi Ssh_nor2  
= 65520-psi Ssh_nor2 = 43680 .psi Allowable Compression Stress K1 .L1 C:=- = 4.121 r 1< 120 s564y 6 S564y 2.15.ksi Scmp-nr2 "-2.15.ksi 1 -1 ksi compknor 120 Scomp-nor2  
= 43680 .psiAllowable Compression StressK1 .L1C:=- = 4.121r1< 120s564y 6S564y 2.15.ksiScmp-nr2  
= 49252.5 .psi Sbennor2 = 819 0 0.psi Allowable Bending Stress Sben~nor2  
"-2.15.ksi 1 -1 ksicompknor 120Scomp-nor2  
:= 0 7 5*5 64y Page J-7 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.4 Level D Allowable Stresses (Section 3.2 of this appendix)SA-240-304 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Weld Allowable Stress Sten_acc:=
= 49252.5 .psiSbennor2
1..6Stennor Sshacc := 1.4 Sshnor Sw_acc:= 1.4.Swnor Sten acc= 25632-psi Sshacc 14952-psi Sw-acc = 20788.9 psi SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Stenacc2 1.6.Stennor2 Sshacc2 : 1.4-Sshnor2 Sten-acc2  
= 81900.psiAllowable Bending StressSben~nor2  
=104832-pSi 5 Sh-acc2 =61152.psi Allowable Compression Stress Scompacc2  
:= 075*564yPage J-7 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.4 Level D Allowable Stresses (Section 3.2 of this appendix)
:= [.6-Scompnor2 Sompacc2 = 78804.014.psi Note: The critical buckling stress is 1.7 times the Level A compressive allowable per Section Q2.4 of [J.8].Allowable Bending Stress Sben acc2 := 0.95.S564y Sben_acc2  
SA-240-304 Stainless SteelAllowable Tension StressAllowable Shear StressWeld Allowable StressSten_acc:=
= 103740 psi 6.5 Level A Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:
1..6Stennor Sshacc := 1.4 SshnorSw_acc:=
Maximum load on adjustable supports (or pedestals), for conservatism buoyancy affects is not included Loaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)
1.4.Swnor Sten acc= 25632-psi Sshacc 14952-psi Sw-acc = 20788.9 psiSA-564-630, H1100 Stainless SteelAllowable Tension StressAllowable Shear StressStenacc2 1.6.Stennor2 Sshacc2 : 1.4-Sshnor2 Sten-acc2  
=104832-pSi 5Sh-acc2 =61152.psi Allowable Compression Stress Scompacc2  
:= [.6-Scompnor2 Sompacc2  
= 78804.014.psi Note: The critical buckling stress is 1.7 times the Level A compressive allowable per Section Q2.4 of [J.8].Allowable Bending Stress Sben acc2 := 0.95.S564y Sben_acc2  
= 103740 psi6.5 Level A Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:
Maximum load on adjustable supports (or pedestals),
for conservatism buoyancy affects is not includedLoaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)
Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
Number of Pedestals to be Considered WHTRC:= 191000.lbf  
Number of Pedestals to be Considered WHTRC:= 191000.lbf  
[J.i10WLp:= 5000.lbf  
[J.i10 WLp:= 5000.lbf [J.3]WPVL := WHTRc + W 1 P 196000. lbf NB:= 6 [J. 3]WPVL Wped= -= 32666.667.1bf N B Maximum Load per Pedestal Page J-8 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.5.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
[J.3]WPVL := WHTRc + W1P 196000. lbfNB:= 6 [J. 3]WPVLWped= -= 32666.667.1bf N BMaximum Load per PedestalPage J-8 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.5.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.7t.NLeng.Knmax.*2  
The method andterminology of [J. 1] are followed.
+ 0.5 7 7 3 5-(Esmin -Knmax)] = shear area of the exter As:=~~~sea atrN'Lag omfx th + e2.1"n rnal threads An := 7r. N. Leng" Dsmin' -+ 0.57735 .(Dsmin -Enma = 28.677.in 2  shear area o The tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.
7t.NLeng.Knmax.*2  
+ 0.57735-(Esmin -Knmax)] = shear area of the exterAs:=~~~sea atrN'Lag omfx th + e2.1"nrnal threadsAn := 7r. N. Leng" Dsmin' -+ 0.57735 .(Dsmin -Enma = 28.677.in 2  shear area oThe tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.
LCped:= (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6.lbf Pedestal Compression LCpedthrd  
LCped:= (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6.lbf Pedestal Compression LCpedthrd  
:= (Ssh-nor2).As LCpedthrd  
:= (Ssh-nor2).As LCpedthrd  
= 1010654.5.1bf Pedestal Extemal ThrELCsp := (Sshnor).An LCsp = 306265.2.lbf Support Plate intemalTherefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as:Loadped:=
= 1010654.5.1bf Pedestal Extemal ThrE LCsp := (Sshnor).An LCsp = 306265.2.lbf Support Plate intemal Therefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as: Loadped:=
NB. LCped Loadped = 5207655.6-1bf Loadpedthrd  
NB. LCped Loadped = 5207655.6-1bf Loadpedthrd  
:= NB LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd  
:= NB LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd  
= 6063927.1  
= 6063927.1  
-1bfLoadsp := NB.LCsp Loadsp = 1837591.3  
-1bf Loadsp := NB.LCsp Loadsp = 1837591.3 .Ibf f the intemal threads Load Capacity ead Load Capacity thread Load Capacity Loadped S~ped .WPVL Loadpedthrd SFpedthrd  
.Ibff the intemal threadsLoad Capacityead Load Capacitythread Load CapacityLoadpedS~ped .WPVLLoadpedthrd SFpedthrd  
.WPVL Loadsp SFp.-WpVL ISFped = 26.57 1 ISFpedthrd
.WPVLLoadspSFp.-WpVLISFped = 26.57 1ISFpedthrd
= 30.938 IFs- = 9-375 Page J-9 of J27 IProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 1 6.5.2 Bending stress on adjustable support Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]Maximum shear load on each pedestal cof:= 0.8 SLW:= cof.Wped SL, = 26133.3 .lbf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied at one end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas:= Las -2.5in = 2.75. in Maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment := SLw.- Mome 2 Luas:= L, 4.25. in 4 nt = 5.553 x 10 .*lbf-in Maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O'bend := 211 Sbennor2 Sbend.-O'bend O'bend = 5.857 x 10 3psi[SFbend= 13.982]6.5.3 Combined comoression and bendinq on adiustable support Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2*T E2e Fe =2 Fe = 7.569 x 106. psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated Page J-10 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is the bending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bending stresses in both x and y directions.
= 30.938IFs- = 9-375Page J-9 of J27 IProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 16.5.2 Bending stress on adjustable supportMaximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]Maximum shear load on each pedestalcof:= 0.8SLW:= cof.WpedSL, = 26133.3 .lbfFor a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied atone end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5",therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support isLuas:= Las -2.5in = 2.75. inMaximum bending moment in the support, conservatively usingLuasMoment := SLw.- Mome2Luas:= L, 4.25. in4nt = 5.553 x 10 .*lbf-inMaximum stress due to bending in the supportMoment.db O'bend := 211Sbennor2Sbend.-O'bendO'bend = 5.857 x 10 3psi[SFbend=
Case 1.Bending stress in x direction only fa=Wped fbx:= cJ'bend Fa := Scompnor2 Fbx:= Sbennor2 fab+ = 0.109 Y- Fe ~Fbx fa fbx+ -= 0.1 0.6 S564y Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OK Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx:= &deg;'bend " N -2 fby:= O'bend" %F2 Cmx'fbx-t +1 -* Fbx Fe)Fbx:= Sbennor2 Fby:= Sben_nor2 fa Fa Cmy" fby Cmy -0.139-l ~Fby<1.0-OKbx by a ++ + = 0.129 0.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK 6.5.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adiustable Support Page J-11 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A 1 Apb = 15.476.in 2 Shear stress SIL, Apb O'pb = 1688.7. psi ISFpb = 6.325 ]Safety factor Ssh nor SFpb: .-O'pb 6.5.5 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld There are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:
13.982]6.5.3 Combined comoression and bendinq on adiustable supportInitial modulus of elasticity of stainless steelE2e := 28000ksiFor stainless steels2*T E2eFe =2Fe = 7.569 x 106. psiTo obtain the most conservative  
compression force and friction force. These loads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on the other side.Therefore, one comer of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension. The maximum weld stress is then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and the maximum tensile force. The maximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simple calculation as shown below. An ANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the welds surrounding the pedestal and to obtain the maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestal Thickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of stiffener plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]SLw := cof.Wped tw:= 0.5.in Lbl:= 6.75-in Lgp:= 3.375 in twg := 0.375in tsp := 1.75-in SLw = 26133.3 -lbf Weld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)  
: results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx andCmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here:Cmx:= 1.0Cmy:= 1.0For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated Page J-10 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is thebending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bendingstresses in both x and y directions.
+ twg.2.Lgp-4 Shear stress in the weld Aw = 23.625-in 2 SLW aw = 1106.2. psi Weld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition Page J-12 of J27  
Case 1.Bending stress in x direction onlyfa=Wpedfbx:= cJ'bendFa := Scompnor2 Fbx:= Sbennor2fab+ = 0.109Y- Fe ~Fbxfa fbx+ -= 0.10.6 S564y Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OKCase 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx:= &deg;'bend " N -2fby:= O'bend" %F2Cmx'fbx-t +1 -* FbxFe)Fbx:= Sbennor2Fby:= Sben_nor2 faFaCmy" fbyCmy -0.139-l ~Fby<1.0-OKbx bya ++ + = 0.1290.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK6.5.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adiustable SupportPage J-11 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A1Apb = 15.476.in 2Shear stressSIL,ApbO'pb = 1688.7. psiISFpb = 6.325 ]Safety factorSsh norSFpb: .-O'pb6.5.5 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate WeldThere are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the welds between the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The welds between the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.
compression force and friction force. Theseloads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on the other side.Therefore, one comer of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension.
Since the pedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beam element in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Inout Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal side LbI = 6.75 in Overall effective height of the pedestal Maximum shear load on weld of any pedestal (Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestal Weld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld Area 5.25 Hbl := -in 2 SLw = 26133.333 .lbf Wped = 32666.667.lbf LbI ANT := --tw 8 ANT = 0.422.-in2 Maximum tensile force on node mtfs := 64.1011bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESNOR.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: Safety factor: (_ mtfs 2+e , ANT) +Swnor SFweld.-O'weld (Tweld = 1116.559.psi IS.d = 3.2991 6.5.6 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)Asp:=Aw SLw Ap= 23.625. in 2 Us 5= 1106.2.psi Ssh nor SFsp: oTsp SFsp = 9.655 1 Page J-13 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.5.7 Bending stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)There is no significant bending stresses in the plate since the HI-TRAC sits directly above the support pedestals.
The maximum weld stressis then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and the maximum tensile force. Themaximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simple calculation as shown below. AnANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the welds surrounding the pedestal and to obtainthe maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestalThickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of stiffener plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]SLw := cof.Wpedtw:= 0.5.inLbl:= 6.75-inLgp:= 3.375 intwg := 0.375intsp := 1.75-inSLw = 26133.3 -lbfWeld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)  
In other words, the load travels from the bottom of the HI-TRAC pool lid to the top plate of the leveling platform, from the top plate to the pedestal support block through direct compression, and from the pedestal support block to the threaded pedestals through the threads.Since the support pedestals are within the footprint of the HI-TRAC, the top plate of the platform does not carry any load in bending. Also, the platform is not anchored to the floor, so platform will tend to follow the HI-TRAC as it rotates from vertical.6.6 Level D Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:
+ twg.2.Lgp-4 Shear stress in the weldAw = 23.625-in 2SLWaw = 1106.2. psiWeld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition Page J-12 of J27  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the weldsbetween the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The weldsbetween the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.
Since thepedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beamelement in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Inout Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal sideLbI = 6.75 inOverall effective height of the pedestalMaximum shear load on weld of any pedestal(Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestalWeld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld Area5.25Hbl := -in2SLw = 26133.333  
.lbfWped = 32666.667.lbf LbIANT := --tw8ANT = 0.422.-in2 Maximum tensile force on nodemtfs := 64.1011bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESNOR.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress:Safety factor:(_ mtfs 2+e , ANT) +SwnorSFweld.-O'weld(Tweld = 1116.559.psi IS.d = 3.29916.5.6 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)Asp:=AwSLwAp= 23.625. in 2Us5= 1106.2.psi Ssh norSFsp: oTspSFsp = 9.655 1Page J-13 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.5.7 Bending stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)There is no significant bending stresses in the plate since the HI-TRAC sits directly above thesupport pedestals.
In other words, the load travels from the bottom of the HI-TRAC pool lid to thetop plate of the leveling  
: platform, from the top plate to the pedestal support block through directcompression, and from the pedestal support block to the threaded pedestals through the threads.Since the support pedestals are within the footprint of the HI-TRAC, the top plate of the platformdoes not carry any load in bending.
Also, the platform is not anchored to the floor, so platform willtend to follow the HI-TRAC as it rotates from vertical.
6.6 Level D Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:
In the event of an earthquake causing rocking of the cask the load will be carried by only two pedestals.
In the event of an earthquake causing rocking of the cask the load will be carried by only two pedestals.
Therefore, for seismic load cases SSE (level D) and OBE the load is distributed over two pedestals.
Therefore, for seismic load cases SSE (level D) and OBE the load is distributed over two pedestals.
Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
WSSE:= 520000.lbf WLP:= 5000.1bf[Table 1][J.3]Total Vertical Load(" WssE "Wtotal:=
WSSE:= 520000.lbf WLP:= 5000.1bf[Table 1][J.3]Total Vertical Load (" WssE " Wtotal:= WSSE + WLP'- W-'TRc= 5336131lbf Note: for the SSE and the OBE conditions the load is conservatively applied to two pedestals only to account for rocking.Number of Pedestals to be Considered Maximum load per pedestal (Bounding)
WSSE + WLP'- W-'TRc= 5336131lbf Note: for the SSE and the OBE conditions the load is conservatively applied to two pedestals onlyto account for rocking.Number of Pedestals to be Considered Maximum load per pedestal (Bounding)
NB:= 2[J.3]Wtotal Wped := = 266806.lbf NB 6.6.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
NB:= 2[J.3]WtotalWped := = 266806.lbf NB6.6.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.recall A, = 23.138-in 2 An = 28.677- in 2 Therefore, the minimum load capacities are calculated as (conservatively use tensile stress area in compression evaluation)
The method andterminology of [J. 1] are followed.
LCped := (Scomp acc2)'At LCpedthrd
recallA, = 23.138-in 2An = 28.677- in 2Therefore, the minimum load capacities are calculated as (conservatively use tensile stress area incompression evaluation)
:= (Sshacc2)'As LCsp := (Sh_acc).An LC ped = 13 88708.2 -lbf Pedestal Compression Load Capacity LCpedthrd
LCped := (Scomp acc2)'AtLCpedthrd
= 1414916.3 -lbf Pedestal Extemal Thread Load Capacity LCsp = 428771.3.
:= (Sshacc2)'As LCsp := (Sh_acc).An LC ped = 13 88708.2 -lbfPedestal Compression Load CapacityLCpedthrd
lbf Support Plate internal thread Load Capacity Page J-14 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SFp=LC.P SF~Wped SFsp= 1.6077 LCpedthrd SFpedthrd  
= 1414916.3  
-Wped LCped Wped SFpedthrd
-lbf Pedestal Extemal Thread Load CapacityLCsp = 428771.3.
= 5.303 ISFped = 5.20571 6.6.2 Bendina stress on the adjustable support Peak Frictional Force (Bounding)
lbfSupport Plate internal thread Load CapacityPage J-14 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SFp=LC.PSF~WpedSFsp= 1.6077LCpedthrd SFpedthrd  
-WpedLCpedWpedSFpedthrd
= 5.303ISFped = 5.205716.6.2 Bendina stress on the adjustable supportPeak Frictional Force (Bounding)
WPFL= 400000.lbf
WPFL= 400000.lbf
[Table 1]Maximum shear load on weld of any support (Bounding)
[Table 1]Maximum shear load on weld of any support (Bounding)
SL: WF = 200000.lbf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if the friction forceapplied at one end of the beam is F, the maximum moment occurs at the same end whichequals to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5",therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support isLuas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 inmaximum bending moment in the support, conservatively usingLuasMoment:=
SL: WF = 200000.lbf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if the friction force applied at one end of the beam is F, the maximum moment occurs at the same end which equals to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 in maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment:= SLw.- Mome 2 Luas:= L 1= 4.25.in nt = 4.25 x 10 5.1bf in maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O'bend 21, Sben acc2 SFbend :=O'bend O'bend = 4.483 x 10 .psi[SFbend= 2.314]6.6.3 Combined compression and bending on adPustable suJport Page J-1 5 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2 7T .E2e Fe 2.15 K, Luasr Fe=7.5 6 9 x 10 .psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 Again, two bounding cases are considered.
SLw.- Mome2Luas:= L1= 4.25.innt = 4.25 x 105.1bf inmaximum stress due to bending in the supportMoment.db O'bend 21,Sben acc2SFbend :=O'bendO'bend = 4.483 x 10 .psi[SFbend=
Case 1. Bending stress in x direction only Wped fa := Wpd Fa := Scomp_acc2 At fbx := O'bend Fbx := Sben acc2 fa Cmx fbx 0.625+ =- .Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OK 0.6 5 S564y fbx+ -= 0.663 Fbx Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degrees to x direction fbx:= &deg;'bend 2 fby:= &deg;'bend 2 Fbx:= Sben_acc2 Fby:= Sben_acc2 fa Cmx fbx+Fa fa ( 1 -I Fbx Fe)Cmy fby- 0.804 Fe +j.Fby< 1.0- -OK Page J-16 of J27 rProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa fbx fby+ -+ 56= 0.842 0.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0- OK 6.6.4 Shear stress in the Pedestal Block and Adjustable Support Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.SLw O'pb:= " A, Ssh acc SFpb.O'pb O'pb = 12923.4.psi ISFpb= 1.157 6.6.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which would develop a plastic hinge at ultimate loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed Cc.The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is Ks:= 1.2 Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks .L 1-= 4.121< Cc:= 120 for stainless steel The gross area of the adjustable support: Agross = 19.635.in 2 The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken as PC,: 1.7-Agross  
2.314]6.6.3 Combined compression and bending on adPustable suJportPage J-1 5 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steelE2e := 28000ksiFor stainless steels27T .E2eFe 2.15 K, LuasrFe=7.569x 10 .psiTo obtain the most conservative  
*Scomp-acc2 6 Pcr =2.63 x 10 .lbf Applied axial load safety factor P: Wped Pcr SFbuck:= -6.6.6 Combined axial load and bending moment From the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support", the maximum applied moment is Page J-17 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 M:= -M = 3.542 x 10 4.1bf.ft To obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6 of [J.8]) is used here: Cm:= 1.0 Euler buckling load 23 8gross e = 2.848 x 10 .lbf 12grse-For columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted by the member in the absence of axial load is plastic section modulus plastic moment db 3 Z:=6.3 Z = 20.833.in Mm:= MP = 1.896 x 10 5.lbf.ft Per Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending moment shall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas: Pc+ 0.288 P')P M+ = 0.283 S564y.Agross 1.18.Mp<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OK Therefore, the adjustable support meets the AISC requirement and buckling is not credible for this compressive member under SSE seismic loading. This evaluation bounds the situation in normal and OBE seismic loading conditions.
: results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmyas indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here:Cmx:= 1.0Cmy:= 1.0Again, two bounding cases are considered.
6.6.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld Maximum shear load on any weld [Table 1]Shear stress in the weld of any pedestal SLw:= 400000. lbf (Bounding)
Case 1. Bending stress in x direction onlyWpedfa := Wpd Fa := Scomp_acc2 Atfbx := O'bend Fbx := Sben acc2fa Cmx fbx 0.625+ =- .Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OK0.65S564yfbx+ -= 0.663FbxCase 2. Bending stress in 45 degrees to x direction fbx:= &deg;'bend 2fby:= &deg;'bend 2Fbx:= Sben_acc2 Fby:= Sben_acc2 fa Cmx fbx+Fa fa( 1 -I FbxFe)Cmy fby- 0.804Fe +j.Fby< 1.0- -OKPage J-16 of J27 rProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa fbx fby+ -+ 56= 0.8420.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0- OK6.6.4 Shear stress in the Pedestal Block and Adjustable SupportConservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.SLwO'pb:= "A,Ssh accSFpb.O'pbO'pb = 12923.4.psi ISFpb= 1.1576.6.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which woulddevelop a plastic hinge at ultimate  
SLW a-, = 8465.6 -psi Nl A Similar to the normal condition (Level A), the maximum tensile force on the weld is obtained Page J-18 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 1 from ANSYS model with updated friction and axial loads on the pedestal. (See Appendix K for input file)SLw Maximum shear load on weld of any pedestal -= 200000.lbf NB (Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestal Wped = 266806.lbf Maximum tensile force on node mtfs := 235.151bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESSSE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: O'weld NT + wweld = 8.484 X 103psi&#xfd;/kAN T)Y+ w Safety factor: SWacc SFweld : -(Tweld SFweld = 2.45 6.6.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stress Safety factor SLw P NB Asp Ssh acc SFsp --O'sp rsp = 8465.6.psi SFsp = 1.766 1 6.7 Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations OBE Condition:
: loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed Cc.The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value asa guided cantilever beam isKs:= 1.2Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks .L1-= 4.121< Cc:= 120for stainless steelThe gross area of the adjustable support:Agross = 19.635.in 2The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken asPC,: 1.7-Agross  
Conservatively the OBE stress limits will be checked against (level A) stress conditions in section 3.1 of this appendix.The results in table 1 are presented for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) ground motion. The OBE results are obtained by dividing the SSE results by a factor of 1.875, which is the ratio of the SSE (0.15g) to OBE (0.08g) maximum ground acceleration, as per section 5.1 of [J.12].Loaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)
*Scomp-acc2 6Pcr =2.63 x 10 .lbfApplied axial loadsafety factorP: WpedPcrSFbuck:=  
-6.6.6 Combined axial load and bending momentFrom the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support",
themaximum applied moment isPage J-17 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 M:= -M = 3.542 x 104.1bf.ftTo obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6of [J.8]) is used here:Cm:= 1.0Euler buckling load23 8gross e = 2.848 x 10 .lbf12grse-For columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted bythe member in the absence of axial load isplastic section modulusplastic momentdb3Z:=6.3Z = 20.833.in Mm:= MP = 1.896 x 105.lbf.ftPer Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending momentshall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas:
Pc+ 0.288P')P M+ = 0.283S564y.Agross 1.18.Mp<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OKTherefore, the adjustable support meets the AISC requirement and buckling is not credible forthis compressive member under SSE seismic loading.
This evaluation bounds the situation innormal and OBE seismic loading conditions.
6.6.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate WeldMaximum shear load on any weld [Table 1]Shear stress in the weld of any pedestalSLw:= 400000. lbf(Bounding)
SLWa-, = 8465.6 -psiNl ASimilar to the normal condition (Level A), the maximum tensile force on the weld is obtainedPage J-18 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 1from ANSYS model with updated friction and axial loads on the pedestal.  
(See Appendix Kfor input file)SLwMaximum shear load on weld of any pedestal  
-= 200000.lbf NB(Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestal Wped = 266806.lbf Maximum tensile force on node mtfs := 235.151bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESSSE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: O'weld NT + wweld = 8.484 X 103psi&#xfd;/kAN T)Y+ wSafety factor:SWaccSFweld : -(TweldSFweld = 2.456.6.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stressSafety factorSLwP NB AspSsh accSFsp --O'sprsp = 8465.6.psi SFsp = 1.766 16.7 Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations OBE Condition:
Conservatively the OBE stress limits will be checked against (level A) stress conditions in section3.1 of this appendix.
The results in table 1 are presented for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) ground motion. TheOBE results are obtained by dividing the SSE results by a factor of 1.875, which is the ratio ofthe SSE (0.15g) to OBE (0.08g) maximum ground acceleration, as per section 5.1 of [J.12].Loaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)
WHTRC := 191000*lbf
WHTRC := 191000*lbf
[J. 10]Page J-19 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
[J. 10]Page J-19 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)
Wtotai:=
Wtotai:= 520000.lbf (Table 1]Added load for SSE condition WSSE := WtotaI -WHTRC = 329000.lbf WSSE Added load for OBE condition WOBE1 := -= 175466.667.1bf 1.875 Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
520000.lbf (Table 1]Added load for SSE condition WSSE := WtotaI -WHTRC = 329000.lbf WSSEAdded load for OBE condition WOBE1 := -= 175466.667.1bf 1.875Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)
WLp := 5000.1bf [J.3]WOB2 : WBE1+ WTR + ~p(WoBEl -"'Peak vertical load for OBE condition WOBE2- WOBE + WHTRc + WLP= + I 376060.lbf ( WHTRC Peak vertical load for OBE (Bounding)
WLp := 5000.1bf  
WOBE:= 380000.1bf Note Peak frictional force (Ib) is conservatively calculated as: Coefficient of friction (0.8) x Peak vertical load for OBE (bounding)
[J.3]WOB2 : WBE1+ WTR + ~p(WoBEl  
-"'Peak vertical load for OBE condition WOBE2- WOBE + WHTRc + WLP= + I 376060.lbf
( WHTRCPeak vertical load for OBE (Bounding)
WOBE:= 380000.1bf Note Peak frictional force (Ib) is conservatively calculated as:Coefficient of friction (0.8) x Peak vertical load for OBE (bounding)
Peak frictional force (bounding)
Peak frictional force (bounding)
WPFF := 0.8.WonE  
WPFF := 0.8.WonE = 304000. lbf 6.7.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
= 304000. lbf6.7.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.
The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.recall As= 23.138 in2 A, = 28.677. in2 The tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.
The method andterminology of [J. 1] are followed.
LCped := (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6-lbf Pedestal Compression Load Ca pacity LCpedthrd
recall As= 23.138 in2 A, = 28.677. in2The tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.
:=(Ssh-nor2).AS LCsp := (Ssh-nor) -An LCpdthPd = 10e10654.5  
LCped := (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6-lbf Pedestal Compression Load CapacityLCpedthrd
-lbf LC 5 p = 306265.2.lbf Pedestal External Thread Load Capacity Support Plate internal thread Load Capacity Therefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as: Loadped:=
:=(Ssh-nor2).AS LCsp := (Ssh-nor)  
-AnLCpdthPd
= 10e10654.5  
-lbfLC5p = 306265.2.lbf Pedestal External Thread Load CapacitySupport Plate internal thread Load CapacityTherefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as:Loadped:=
NB.LCped Loadped = 1735885.2-lbf Loadpedthrd  
NB.LCped Loadped = 1735885.2-lbf Loadpedthrd  
:= NB. LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd  
:= NB. LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd  
= 2021309.
= 2021309. bf Page J-20 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Loadsp:= NB.LCsp Loadped S ped.-WOBE Loadsp = 612530.4.1bf SFped = 4.568]]SFpedthrd  
bfPage J-20 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Loadsp:=
= 5.319 ISFs~p = 1.612 Loadpedthrd SFpedthrd  
NB.LCspLoadpedS ped.-WOBELoadsp = 612530.4.1bf SFped = 4.568]]SFpedthrd  
.WOBE Loadsp SFsp .-WOBE 6.7.2 Bending stress on adjustable support Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on each pedestal WOBE SLw:= cof.NB SLw= 152000*Ibf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied at one end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 in Maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment:= SLw*- Mome 2 Luas.&#xfd; L, = 4.25-in*nt =3.23 x 10 .lbf-in Maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O-bend 211 Sben_nor2 S F bend .-O'bend O'bend = 3.407 x 10 4.psi[SFbend = 2.404 1 6.7.3 Combined compression and bending on adiustable support Page J-21 of J27  
= 5.319ISFs~p = 1.612Loadpedthrd SFpedthrd  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2 7 .E2e Fe2:=.15K Luasj Fe = 7.569 x 1 0 b psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is the bending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bending stresses in both x and y directions.
.WOBELoadspSFsp .-WOBE6.7.2 Bending stress on adjustable supportMaximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8Maximum shear load on each pedestalWOBESLw:= cof.NBSLw= 152000*Ibf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied atone end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5",therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support isLuas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 inMaximum bending moment in the support, conservatively usingLuasMoment:=
Case 1.Bending stress in x direction only WOBE fa -- Fa := Scomp-nor2 NB-At fbx := &deg;'bend Fbx := Sben-nor2 f Crux"fbx f-+ =_ 0.635 Fa (faF fa fbx+ -= 0.581 0.6. $564y Fbx< 1.0 -OK< 1.0- OK Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx := 7 bend ' -2 f b y : = ( 'b e n d " " Fbx:= Sbennor2 Fby := Sbennor2 Page J-22 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa C rux "fbx O nm y "fby f+ + = 0.808 F, fa FeFe fa fbx fby+ -+ -= 0.753 0.6. S 5 6 4 y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK<1.0-OK 6.7.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adjustable Support Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A 1 Apb = 15.476,in-2 Shear stress SLW Apb O'pb = 9821.8. psi SFPb = 1.08 Safety factor Sshnor SFpb .O'pb 6.7.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which would develop a plastic hinge at ultimate loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed C..The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is K,:= 1.2 Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks-L1=4.121< Cc:= 120 for stainless steel The gross area of the adjustable support: Agross = 19.635.in 2 The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken as Pcr := 1.7.Agross.Scompacc2 Pcr = 2.6 3 x 106.lbf Page J-23 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Applied axial load WOBE P:= -NB Pcr SFbuck P safety factor IS~k = 3.844f1 6.7.6 Combined axial load and bending moment From the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support", the maximum applied moment is M:= SLw.--M = 2.692 x 10 4.lbf.ft To obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6 of [J.8]) is used here: Cm:= 1.0 Euler buckling load 23 8 Pe -Agross'Fe  
SLw*- Mome2Luas.&#xfd; L, = 4.25-in*nt =3.23 x 10 .lbf-inMaximum stress due to bending in the supportMoment.db O-bend 211Sben_nor2 S F bend .-O'bendO'bend = 3.407 x 10 4.psi[SFbend = 2.404 16.7.3 Combined compression and bending on adiustable supportPage J-21 of J27  
= 2.848 x 10 .lbf For columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted by the member in the absence of axial load is plastic section modulus db 3 Z: --6 Z = 20.833 in 3 plastic moment Mp:= Z.S 5 6 4 y Mm:= MP = 1.896 x 10 5.lbf.ft Per Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending moment shall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas:-+ = 0.214 Pcr I}P MM P M+ -10.209$564y *Agross I- 18"M p<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OK Therefore, the adjustable support meets the AlISC requirement and buckling is not credible for this compressive member under OBE seismic loading.Page J-24 of J27  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steelE2e := 28000ksiFor stainless steels27 .E2eFe2:=.15K LuasjFe = 7.569 x 10b psiTo obtain the most conservative  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.7.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld There are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:
: results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx andCmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here:Cmx:= 1.0Cmy:= 1.0For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is thebending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bendingstresses in both x and y directions.
compression force and friction force.These loads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on the other side. Therefore, one corner of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension. The maximum weld stress is then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and the maximum tensile force. The maximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simple calculation as shown below. An ANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the welds surrounding the pedestal and to obtain the maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestal WOBE SLw:= cof.NB SLw= 152000.lbf Thickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of gusset plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]tw:= 0.5.in Lbl:= 6.75.in Lgp:= 3.375in twg := 0.375in tsp:= 1.75.in Weld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)  
Case 1.Bending stress in x direction onlyWOBEfa -- Fa := Scomp-nor2 NB-Atfbx := &deg;'bend Fbx := Sben-nor2 f Crux"fbxf-+ =_ 0.635Fa (faFfa fbx+ -= 0.5810.6. $564y Fbx< 1.0 -OK< 1.0- OKCase 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx := 7 bend ' -2f b y : = ( 'b e n d " "Fbx:= Sbennor2Fby := Sbennor2Page J-22 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa C rux "fbx O nm y "fbyf+ + = 0.808F, faFeFefa fbx fby+ -+ -= 0.7530.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK<1.0-OK6.7.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adjustable SupportConservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A1Apb = 15.476,in-2 Shear stressSLWApbO'pb = 9821.8. psiSFPb = 1.08Safety factorSshnorSFpb .O'pb6.7.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which woulddevelop a plastic hinge at ultimate  
+ twg-2.Lgp.4 Shear stress in the weld AW = 23.625-in 2 SLW aw=643 3.9 -psi Weld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the welds between the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The welds between the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.
: loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed C..The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value asa guided cantilever beam isK,:= 1.2 Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks-L1=4.121< Cc:= 120for stainless steelThe gross area of the adjustable support:
Since the pedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beam element in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Input Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal side LbI = 6.75 -in Page J-25 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715]
Agross = 19.635.in 2The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken asPcr := 1.7.Agross.Scompacc2 Pcr = 2.63 x 106.lbfPage J-23 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Applied axial loadWOBEP:= -NBPcrSFbuckPsafety factorIS~k = 3.844f16.7.6 Combined axial load and bending momentFrom the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support",
Overall effective height of the pedestal Maximum shear load on any weld Maximum axial load on any pedestal Weld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld Area Maximum tensile force on node (see ANSYS output list, FORCES_OBE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: Oweld:= +( .ANT)Sw nor Safety factor: SFweld'weld 6.7.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate) As, = 23.625 5.25 Hbl:= -in 2 SLw= 152000.lbf WOBE WaxiaI := = 19000.lbf NB LbI ANT := --tw 8 ANT = 0.422 in 2 mffs:= 372.861bf Oweld = 6494.283 psi ISFweld = 2.287?2 aIsp = 6433.9-psi r ISFsp = 1.66 1.i Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)SLw SFsp= shn asp Page J-26 of J27  
themaximum applied moment isM:= SLw.--M = 2.692 x 104.lbf.ftTo obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6of [J.8]) is used here:Cm:= 1.0Euler buckling load23 8Pe -Agross'Fe  
= 2.848 x 10 .lbfFor columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted bythe member in the absence of axial load isplastic section modulusdb3Z: --6Z = 20.833 in3plastic momentMp:= Z.S564yMm:= MP = 1.896 x 105.lbf.ftPer Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending momentshall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas:
-+ = 0.214Pcr I}P MMP M+ -10.209$564y *Agross I- 18"M p<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OKTherefore, the adjustable support meets the AlISC requirement and buckling is not credible forthis compressive member under OBE seismic loading.Page J-24 of J27  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.7.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate WeldThere are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:
compression force and friction force.These loads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on theother side. Therefore, one corner of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension.
Themaximum weld stress is then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and themaximum tensile force. The maximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simplecalculation as shown below. An ANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the weldssurrounding the pedestal and to obtain the maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestalWOBESLw:= cof.NBSLw= 152000.lbf Thickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of gusset plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]tw:= 0.5.inLbl:= 6.75.inLgp:= 3.375intwg := 0.375intsp:= 1.75.inWeld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)  
+ twg-2.Lgp.4 Shear stress in the weldAW = 23.625-in 2SLWaw=643 3.9 -psiWeld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the weldsbetween the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The weldsbetween the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.
Since thepedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beamelement in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Input Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal sideLbI = 6.75 -inPage J-25 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715]
Overall effective height of the pedestalMaximum shear load on any weldMaximum axial load on any pedestalWeld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld AreaMaximum tensile force on node(see ANSYS output list, FORCES_OBE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: Oweld:= +( .ANT)Sw norSafety factor: SFweld'weld6.7.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate) As, = 23.6255.25Hbl:= -in2SLw= 152000.lbf WOBEWaxiaI := = 19000.lbf NBLbIANT := --tw8ANT = 0.422 in2mffs:= 372.861bf Oweld = 6494.283 psiISFweld = 2.287?2aIsp = 6433.9-psi r ISFsp = 1.66 1.iShear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)SLwSFsp= shnaspPage J-26 of J27  
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715
[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715


==7.0 Conclusion==
==7.0 Conclusion==
The preceding analyses demonstrate that the adjustable supports (or pedestals) have beendesigned to sustain normal and seismic loading.
The preceding analyses demonstrate that the adjustable supports (or pedestals) have been designed to sustain normal and seismic loading. The size and length of thread engagement of pedestals is conservatively set. The welds between blocks and shim plate have also been analyzed.8.0 Computer Code and Files The ANSYS calculation is performed on Computer 1038, as listed on the Approved Computer Program List (ACPL) in Appendix C. All the files used in this calculation are located in the following directory:
The size and length of thread engagement of pedestals is conservatively set. The welds between blocks and shim plate have alsobeen analyzed.
G:\IProjects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 6 Page J-27 of J27 Appendix K -ANSYS Input Files Input File for Normal Condition:
8.0 Computer Code and FilesThe ANSYS calculation is performed on Computer 1038, as listed on the Approved ComputerProgram List (ACPL) in Appendix C. All the files used in this calculation are located in the following directory:
PROPRIETARY Report HI-2104715 K1 of K1 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for Normal Condition: (FORCESNOR.LST)
G:\IProjects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 6Page J-27 of J27 Appendix K -ANSYS Input FilesInput File for Normal Condition:
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 64.101 115 -42.905 116 -149.80 117 -256.07 118 -360.85 119 -463.57 120 -564.52 121 -664.60 122 57.413 123 -48.151 124 -153.25 125 -257.34 126 -359.98 127 -461.05 128 -560.89 129 -660.14 132 63.140 133 -666.42 136 62.130 137 -667.85 140 60.920 141 -668.29 144 59.580 145 -667.46 148 58.420 149 -665.49 152 57.735 153 -662.89 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -668.29 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 64.101 Report HI-2104715 L1 of L3 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for SSE Condition: (FORCES_SSE.LST)
PROPRIETARY Report HI-2104715 K1 of K1Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output FilesOutput File for Normal Condition:  
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 235.15 115 -567.06 116 -1368.3 117 -2164.6 118 -2948.9 119 -3717.1 120 -4471.4 121 -5218.7 122 183.34 123 -607.71 124 -1395.0 125 -2174.4 126 -2942.3 127 -3697.6 128 -4443.2 129 -5184.2 132 226.65 133 -5233.6 136 217.94 137 -5245.2 140 208.05 141 -5249.1 144 197.66 145 -5242.6 148 189.21 149 -5227.0 152 184.78 153 -5206.2 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -5249.1 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 235.15 Report HI-2104715 L2 of L3 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for OBE Condition: (FORCESOBE.LST)
(FORCESNOR.LST)
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENTTABLE LISTING STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 372.86 115 -249.53 116 -871.25 117 -1489.4 118 -2098.8 119 -2696.3 120 -3283.5 121 -3865.5 122 333.98 123 -280.03 124 -891.30 125 -1496.8 126 -2093.8 127 -2681.6 128 -3262.3 129 -3839.6 132 367.27 133 -3876.2 136 361.40 137 -3884.4 140 354.37 141 -3887.0 144 346.57 145 -3882.2 148 339.83 149 -3870.7 152 335.84 153 -3855.6 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -3887.0 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 372.86 Report HI-2104715 L3 of L3 Project 1916}}
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENTELEM FORCE114 64.101115 -42.905116 -149.80117 -256.07118 -360.85119 -463.57120 -564.52121 -664.60122 57.413123 -48.151124 -153.25125 -257.34126 -359.98127 -461.05128 -560.89129 -660.14132 63.140133 -666.42136 62.130137 -667.85140 60.920141 -668.29144 59.580145 -667.46148 58.420149 -665.49152 57.735153 -662.89MINIMUM VALUESELEM 141VALUE -668.29MAXIMUM VALUESELEM 114VALUE 64.101Report HI-2104715 L1 of L3Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output FilesOutput File for SSE Condition:  
(FORCES_SSE.LST)
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENTELEM FORCE114 235.15115 -567.06116 -1368.3117 -2164.6118 -2948.9119 -3717.1120 -4471.4121 -5218.7122 183.34123 -607.71124 -1395.0125 -2174.4126 -2942.3127 -3697.6128 -4443.2129 -5184.2132 226.65133 -5233.6136 217.94137 -5245.2140 208.05141 -5249.1144 197.66145 -5242.6148 189.21149 -5227.0152 184.78153 -5206.2MINIMUM VALUESELEM 141VALUE -5249.1MAXIMUM VALUESELEM 114VALUE 235.15Report HI-2104715 L2 of L3Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output FilesOutput File for OBE Condition:  
(FORCESOBE.LST)
PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENTTABLE LISTINGSTAT CURRENTELEM FORCE114 372.86115 -249.53116 -871.25117 -1489.4118 -2098.8119 -2696.3120 -3283.5121 -3865.5122 333.98123 -280.03124 -891.30125 -1496.8126 -2093.8127 -2681.6128 -3262.3129 -3839.6132 367.27133 -3876.2136 361.40137 -3884.4140 354.37141 -3887.0144 346.57145 -3882.2148 339.83149 -3870.7152 335.84153 -3855.6MINIMUM VALUESELEM 141VALUE -3887.0MAXIMUM VALUESELEM 114VALUE 372.86Report HI-2104715 L3 of L3Project 1916}}

Revision as of 10:05, 9 July 2018

HI-2104715, Seismic Analysis of the Loaded HI-TRAC in the SFP and SFP Slab Qualification.
ML14324A040
Person / Time
Site: Pilgrim
Issue date: 04/17/2014
From: -NeedNewValue
Holtec
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
1916, 2.14.077, TAC MF3237 HI-2104715, Rev 7
Download: ML14324A040 (101)


Text

U.HO INTER E0l LT N AT I EC ON AL Holtec Center, 555 Lincoln Drive West, Marlton, NJ 08053 Telephone (856) 797- 0900 Fax (856) 797 -0909 SEISMIC ANAL YSIS OF THE LOADED HI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFP SLAB QUALIFICATION FOR ENTERG Y Holtec Report No: HI-2104715 Holtec Project No: 1916 Sponsoring Holtec Division:

HTS Report Class: SAFETY RELATED HOLTEC INTERNATIONAL DOCUMENT ISSUANCE AND REVISION STATUS'DOCUMENT NAME: SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF THE LOADED HI-TRAC IN THE SFP AND SFP SLAB QUALIFICATION DOCUMENT NO.: HI-2104715 CATEGORY:

= GENERIC PROJECT NO.: 1-6 0 PROJECT SPECIFIC Rev. Date Author's No.2 Approved Initials VIR #7 4/17/2014 Z.Yue 815009 DOCUMENT CATEGORIZATION In accordance with the Holtec Quality Assurance Manual and associated Holtec Quality Procedures (HQPs), this document is categorized as a: 1'1 Calculation Package 3 (Per HQP 3.2) L- Technical Report (Per HQP 3.2)(Such as a Licensing Report)El Design Criterion Document (Per HQP 3.4) L] Design Specification (Per HQP 3.4)L--] Other (Specify):

DOCUMENT FORMATTING The formatting of the contents of this document is in accordance with the instructions of HQP 3.2 or 3.4 except as noted below: DECLARATION OF PROPRIETARY STATUS 17 Nonproprietary

[] Holtec Proprietary E] Privileged Intellectual Property (PIP)This document contains extremely valuable intellectual property of Holtec International.

Holtec's rights to the ideas, methods, models, and precepts described in this document are protected against unauthorized use, in whole or in part, by any other party under the U.S. and international intellectual property laws. Unauthorized dissemination of any part of this document by the recipient will be deemed to constitute a willful breach of contract governing this project. The recipient of this document bears sole responsibility to honor Holtec's unabridged ownership rights of this document, to observe its confidentiality, and to limit use to the purpose for which it was delivered to the recipient.

Portions of this document may be subject to copyright protection against unauthorized reproduction by a third party.* , ........- , 1. This document has beer subjected to review, verifIcation and approval process set forth in the HoltecQuality Assurance Procedures Manual. Password controlled signatures of 1oltec personnel who participated in the preparation review and QA validation of this document are saved on the company.s network. The Validation Identifier Record (VIR) number Is a random number t at :s generated bythe computer'after the specific revision of this document has undergone the required.review and 2approval process, and the appropriate Holtec personnel have recorded their password-controlled electronic con'cumrrence to Iredouet 2. Arevision t this document ,ill be ordered by the Project Manager and carried out if any of its contents incI ding revisions to referencesn is materially affecte, during evolution of this project The determination as to the need for revsion.will be made by the Project Managerwith input from~ others, as, deemred necessary by him.3. Revisions to this document may be *made by adding supplements to the document and replacing the of Contents", this page and the "Revision Log".

Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 HOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS In order to gain acceptance as a safety significant document in the company's quality assurance system, this document is required to undergo a prescribed review and concurrence process that ,requires the preparer and reviewer(s) of the document to answer a long list of questions crafted to ensure that the document has been purged of all errors of any material significance.

A record of the review and verification activities is maintained in electronic form within the company's network to enable future retrieval and recapitulation of the programmatic acceptance process leading to the acceptance and release of this document under the company's QA system. Among the numerous requirements that this document must fulfill, as applicable, to muster approval within the company's QA program are:* The preparer(s) and reviewer(s) are technically qualified to perform their activities per the applicable Holtec Quality Procedure (HQP).* The input information utilized in the work effort is drawn from referencable sources. Any assumed input data is so identified.

  • All significant assumptions are stated.* The analysis methodology is consistent with the physics of the problem.* Any computer code and its specific versions used in the work have been formally admitted for use within the company's QA system.* The format and content of the document is in accordance with the applicable Holtec quality procedure.

The material content of the report is understandable to a reader with the requisite academic training and experience in the underlying technical disciplines.

Once a safety significant document, such as this report, completes its review and certification cycle, it should be free of any materially significant error and should not require a revision unless its scope of treatment needs to be altered. Except for regulatory interface documents (i.e., those that are submitted to the NRC in support of a license amendment and request), editorial revisions to Holtec safety significant documents are not made unless such editorial changes are deemed necessary by the Holtec Project Manager to prevent erroneous conclusions from being inferred by the reader. In other words, the focus in the preparation of this document is to ensure correctness of the technical content rather than the cosmetics of presentation.

Page 1 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 REVISION LOG Revision 0 -Original issue.Revision 1 -Report is revised to address client comments.

Racks considered in the evaluations are Racks E l through E 10 and N I through N5 (Campaign II and Campaign III). Appendix F and main report are revised. The slab is still structurally adequate.

All changes are marked with revision bars.Revision 2 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference

[5.4]). Appendix H is added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.

All changes are marked with revision bars.Appendix H is a newly added appendix and no revision bars are used.Revision 3 -Report is revised to address the effect of the non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference

[5.4]). Appendix I is therefore added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration.

It is recognized that a leveling platform[5.13] is used in the spent fuel pool to support the HI-TRAC 100)D cask. Therefore, Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate that the leveling platform is structurally adequate to support the HI-TRAC 1 OOD cask under the normal, SSE and OBE conditions.

Appendix C is updated to include a latest version of ACPL and add ANSYS as computer code used. All changes are marked with revision bars. Appendices C, I, J, K and L are newly added/updated appendices and no revision bars are used. Appendix H is deleted.Revision 4 -Report is revised to address client comments.

Main body of the report and appendices E, F, I and J are revised with revision bars on the right margin. The slab is structurally adequate.Revision 5 -Report is revised to address client comments.

The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised for editorial changes. The revision bars are shown on the right margin.Appendix H is newly added to evaluate lifting of the leveling platform and no revision bars are Page 2 of 28 G:Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 used in Appendix H. The revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.Revision 6 -Report is revised to address client comments.

The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC due to the introduction of leveling platform.

The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors are recalculated.

The revision bars are shown on the right margin. Appendix H is revised to be consistent with drawing change. The platform drawing reference in Appendix J is updated and yield strength of stainless steel is corrected at pool temperature.

The abovementioned changes are marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.

All conclusions remain valid for this revision.Revision 7 -Report is revised to address client comments.

The main body of the report and the appendix E are revised to reflect the new location of HI-TRAC per latest revision of drawing 8777. The clearances to adjacent structures are updated and safety factors are recalculated.

The abovementioned changes are marked with revision bars and the revision bars in other appendices are carried over from previous revisions and are not applicable to this revision.

All conclusions remain valid for this revision.Page 3 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report I--2104715 TABLE OF CONTENTS HOLTEC SAFETY SIGNIFICANT DOCUMENTS

...............................................................................................

1 R EV ISIO N LO G ..........................................................................................................................................................

2 T A BLE O F C O N T EN T S ............................................................................................................................................

4 1.0 IN T R O D U C T IO N A N D SC O PE ......................................................................................................................

6 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .............................................................................

7 2.1 M ETHODOLOGY

...............................................................................................................................................

7 2.2 A CCEPTANCE C RITERIA ...................................................................................................................................

9 3.0 A SSU M PT IO N S ...............................................................................................................................................

10 4.0 IN PU T DA TA ...................................................................................................................................................

11 4.1 INPUT W EIGHTS FOR D YNAM IC A NALYSIS .................................................................................................

11 4.2 SEISM IC INPUTS ..............................................................................................................................................

11 4.3 FRICTIONAL INPUT .........................................................................................................................................

11 5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES ......................................................................

12

5.1 REFERENCES

..................................................................................................................................................

12 5.2 COM PUTER CODES AND FILES ........................................................................................................................

13 6.0 AN A L Y SES ......................................................................................................................................................

14 7.0 RE SU LT S .........................................................................................................................................................

15 7.1 H I-TRA C STABILITY

.....................................................................................................................................

15 7.2 POOL SLAB A SSESSM ENT ...............................................................................................................................

16 7.2.1 Slab C apacity C heck ............................................................................................

..18 7.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear Check .............................................................

18 8.0 C O N C LU SIO N S ..............................................................................................................................................

21 9.0 FIG UR ES ..........................................................................................................................................................

22 FIGURE 1. M ODEL OF LOADED H I-TRA C C ASK ON SLAB ...................................................................................

22 FIGURE 2. MASS PROPERTIES (INCLUDING HYDRODYNAMIC MASS) OF HI-TRAC ..............................................

23 Page 4 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 FIGURE 3. CONSTANT BUOYANCY FORCE APPLIED TO CASK ...................................................................................

24 FIGURE 4. BOUNDING INERTIA FORCE APPLIED TO THE CASK (ALL DIRECTIONS)

...............................................

25 FIGURE 5. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE STIFFNESS AND DAMPING FOR HI-TRAC MODEL ..................................

26 FIGURE 6. POOL LID/SLAB INTERFACE FRICTION FOR HI-TRAC MODEL .............................................................

26 FIGURE 7. MAXIMUM POOL LID/SFP FLOOR INTERFACE LOAD -(SSE EVENT) ..................................................

27 FIGURE 8. POSITION OF THE TOP OF HI-TRAC (SSE EVENT) ...................................................................................

27 10.0 APPENDICES (NUMBER OF PAGES) ...............................................................................................

28 APPENDIX A -VISUALNASTRAN NUMBER OF FACETS CALCULATION (2) ..........................................................

28 APPENDIX B -STIFFNESS AND DAMPING EVALUATION (1) ................................................................................

28 APPENDIX C -APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST (6) .................................................................................

28 APPENDIX D -COEFFICIENT OF RESTITUTION (2) ...............................................................................................

28 APPENDIX E -HYDROSTATIC AND HYDRODYNAMIC EFFECTS (5) ........................................................................

28 APPENDIX F -CALCULATIONS OF FACTORS (2) .................................................................................................

28 APPENDIX G -BASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORY (5) .....................................................................

28 APPENDIX H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11) ........................................................

28 APPENDIX I-ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLAB IN CAMPAIGN H AND III CONFIGURATION (8) .....................

28 APPENDIX J -ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDER NORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS (27)28 APPEND IX K -AN SY S INPUT FILES (12) .................................................................................................................

28 APPENDIX L -AN SY S OUTPUT FILES (3) ...........................................................................................................

28 Page 5 of 28 GAProjects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715

1.0 INTRODUCTION

AND SCOPE The HI-TRAC 100)D transfer cask (hereinafter referred to as HI-TRAC) is loaded with fuel while submerged in the Pilgrim Station Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and positioned in the SFP cask loading area at El. 74.25' near the SFP north wall (Fig. 2.1 of [5.3]).This technical report and supporting calculations demonstrate the kinematic stability of the loaded HI-TRAC submerged in water in the cask loading area when subjected to postulated SSE seismic event. The analysis also reports the peak load on the SFP floor slab from the HI-TRAC (bounding case) under the SSE loading. Subsequently, the structural integrity of the pool slab is assessed.The simulation model used to evaluate the stability of a loaded HI-TRAC in the cask loading area (El. 74.25') is developed using the non-linear dynamic simulation computer code VisualNastran (VN) [5.1]. VN is a Holtec validated rigid body dynamic analysis code used on numerous occasions to simulate the response of the systems (casks) under earthquake events at various nuclear plants. Figure 1 shows the simulation model of the HI-TRAC loaded with MPC placed on the SFP slab. The inputs used to couple the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects in the VN simulations are developed in Appendix E. The inputs used as the driving inertial loads in the VisualNastran (VN) model are the baseline corrected acceleration time-histories from Appendix G.To overcome potential interferences on the SFP floor and provide for a level resting surface for the HI-TRAC, an adjustable leveling platform [5.13] will be installed on top of the SFP liner in the cask loading area. The structural adequacy of the adjustable leveling platform to support the loaded HI-TRAC under normal operating and seismic load conditions is evaluated in Appendices J, K, and L. The leveling platform is not included in the VN model since it has minimal effect on the dynamic response of the HI-TRAC (see Section 2.1 for further discussion).

Page 6 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report M1-2104715 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2.1 Methodology To perform the required dynamic analysis, the HI-TRAC system is modeled as a freestanding assemblage of three rigid bodies (the HI-TRAC with the contained MPC, top lid, and the pool lid). Initially modeling the system as separate bodies ensures that the correct centroidal heights are preserved.

For dynamic analysis, the separate bodies are constrained to move as one six degree-of-freedom body. Figure 1 shows the assembled cask, as constructed in VisualNastran (VN) [5.1 ], ready for simulation.

As discussed in Section 1.0, the HI-TRAC actually rests slightly above the surface of the SFP slab on an adjustable leveling platform.

Since the leveling platform is a low-profile structure, which stands only 7 inches tall (approx.), and all of the steel members used to construct the platform are at least 2 inches thick, it is effectively rigid in both the vertical and horizontal directions.

Also, the leveling platform has a wider support base than the freestanding HI-TRAC.For these reasons, the leveling platform will not amplify the driving motion at the base of the HI-TRAC as the earthquake travels upward from the SFP slab through the leveling platform, nor will it have a significant influence on the dynamic response of the freestanding HI-TRAC.Therefore, the leveling platform is not included in the VN model shown in Figure 1. However, the peak interface loads at the base of the HI-TRAC from the VN model are conservatively used in Appendix J to inform the structural evaluation of the leveling platform.The computer code VisualNastran is a rigid body dynamics code that includes large orientation change capability, simulation of impacts, and representation of contact and friction behavior.VisualNastran performs time history dynamic analysis of freestanding structures using the acceleration time-histories in the three orthogonal directions as the input. For the seismic evaluations herein, acceleration time histories appropriate to SFP floor elevation

[5.3] are used as input. A change of variables allows the problem to be formulated as a fixed ground with the cask moving in response to applied driving forces, equal to the component mass times the calculated Page 7 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 ground acceleration in each of three directions, applied at the component's mass center. Refer to Appendix E for detailed evaluation of the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic effects.In MSC VisualNastran Desktop the following rules apply to the surfaces in contact: " In simple surface contact model (impulse-momentum) when 2 bodies collide the coefficients offriction between two bodies are determined by taking the lower of the two coefficients given to the bodies in contact." If two bodies collide, one with a custom contact model and the other with the simple surface model, the equations defined in the custom contact model will be used for collision response.* If two bodies collide, each with custom contact models having different equations, the minimum normal and friction force values as computed by the MSC VisualNastran Desktop simulation engine will be used.The results from the analyses provide the time history of the net horizontal displacement of the HI-TRAC cask and the interface loads between the cask pool lid and the supporting structure.

These results are further processed and compared with appropriate allowables to meet the acceptance criteria.Subsequently, the structural integrity of the leveling platform and the pool slab are assessed using the peak impact load from the VN dynamic simulation for SSE and OBE events.Page 8 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 2.2 Acceptance Criteria 2.2.1 Per Assumption 3.6, the cask is positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.

Per Appendix E, the minimum gap between the cask and surrounding structures is 4.8125", existing between the HI-TRAC cask and the N2 rack. The maximum displacement of racks (at the top and bottom comers) in the two horizontal directions from Tables 6.7.2 and 6.7.3 of [5.5] is 0.3881". Based on these inputs, the maximum allowable HI-TRAC cask displacement is 4.4244" (= 4.8125" -0.3881") in E-W or N-S direction.

Per [5.15], the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3", existing between the platform and the North Wall. Therefore, the maximum allowable leveling platform displacement is 2.6119" (= 3" -0.3881").2.2.2 The net effective load on the pool slab from the spent fuel racks in Campaign II and III configuration (racks N1 through N5 and E1 through El0 with regular fuel), plus a loaded HI-TRAC cask, must be within the calculated floor slab capacity based on Pilgrim FSAR design criteria for concrete structures.

Page 9 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report FHI-2104715

3.0 ASSUMPTIONS

3.1 In the dynamic analysis that qualifies the application, the loaded cask is simulated as a single freestanding rigid body with appropriate geometry, mass, and inertia properties obtained by adding the contribution of the component parts. The component parts of the system are constrained to move as a single body. This is conservative as it neglects rattling of the internals, which would serve to dissipate energy.3.2 During the dynamic analyses, any hydrodynamic coupling in the annulus between the MPC and the HI-TRAC is neglected.

This is conservative since this coupling serves to dampen the response and absorb lateral energy.3.3 The heaviest weight system is used in the seismic analysis; the results from this analysis will bound the results from any other configuration.

This is a conservative assumption which maximizes the vertical load on the slab. For pure sliding, the weight does not enter into the equations of motion.3.4 The upper bound coefficient of friction (COF) between HI-TRAC pool lid and slab is taken as 0.8. The lower bound COF is conservatively taken as 0.2.3.5 The effects of the surrounding fluid are incorporated into the model in accordance with established principles

[5.6, 5.7]. Any increase in hydrodynamic mass occurring from changes in cask location relative to the wall or adjacent racks, is conservatively neglected.

3.6 The cask is assumed to be positioned at the center of the cask leveling platform.Page 10 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 4.0 INPUT DATA 4.1 Input Weights for Dynamic Analysis Loaded HI-TRAC IOOD bounding weight: 191,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])HI-TRAC IOOD Pool lid -8,000 lb. (bounding weight [5.8])Note that Case 7 in Table 7.0.2 of [5.18] for the loaded HI-TRAC weight when lifted for removal from the SFP specifies a weight of 196,716 lb, which is greater than the 191,000 lb input above.However, there is an approximate 5% overestimation in the computed weight of 196,716 lb in Table 7.0.2 [5.18] (see footnote of Table 7.0.2). The actual weight of the HI-TRAC can be reasonably estimated to be 196,716 lb x (100% -5%) = 186,880 lb, which is less than 191,000 lb. Therefore, the use of 191,000 lb as HI-TRAC weight in this analysis is conservative and acceptable.

The effect of the surrounding fluid (hydrodynamic) mass is included in the analysis.

The appropriate added mass value is computed in Appendix E.4.2 Seismic Inputs The baseline-corrected (performed in Appendix G) 20-second duration acceleration time histories appropriate to SFP floor elevation for SSE condition

[5.3] are used as input in the VN simulation model.4.3 Frictional Input To establish bounding results, the coefficient of friction (COF) at the contact interface between the HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface are evaluated at 0.2 and 0.8. An additional case Page 11 of 28 G:\Projects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 with COF value of 0.5 at the above mentioned interface is included in the analyses as a sensitivity study.5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND COMPUTER FILES 5.1 References

[5.1] VisualNastran 2004, MSC Software, 2004.[5.2] Holtec Position Paper DS-340, Rev. 1, QUANTIFYING THE DAMPING FACTOR FOR LOW VELOCITY IMPACTS IN THE HI-STORM SYSTEM.[5.3] Holtec Report HI-92926, Synthetic Seismic Acceleration Time-histories of the Spent Fuel Pool Slab for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, Rev. 0, Project 20930.[5.4] Holtec Report HI-92952, Calculation Package For Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool Slab Structural Requalification, Rev. 1.[5.5] Holtec Report HI-92925, Licensing Report For Spent Fuel Storage Capacity Expansion at Pilgrim Station, Rev. 1.[5.6] Holtec Position Paper DS-246, Seismic Analysis of Submerged Bodies, Rev. 2, Jan.2006.[5.7] ASCE Publication 4-98, Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures, Subsection C3.1.6.2.[5.8] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9.[5.9] Holtec Drawing 1074, Pool Layout -Campaign I for Spent Fuel Storage Racks, Rev. 1.[5.10] Theory of Elasticity, Timoshenko, S. P., Goodier, J. N., 3 rd Edition, 1970, Mc Graw-Hill.[5.11] ACI 349-85, "Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures".

[5.12] Holtec Drawing 4130, Rev. 13, HI-TRAC 100D.[5.13] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev. 7, Leveling Platform Adjustable Assembly, Page 12 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916[5.14][5.15][5.161[5.17][5.181 Report HI-2104715 Holtec Purchase Specification, PS-5256, Rev. 0, Purchase Specification for Pilgrim Leveling Platform.Holtec Drawing 8777, Rev. 5, Spent Fuel Pool Dry Cask Configuration.

ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".

ASME CODE,Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.Holtec Report HI-2104716, Cask Handling Weights and Cask Handling Dimensions at Pilgrim, Rev. 2.5.2 Computer Codes and Files Appendix C contains the listing of approved computer codes used for this calculation.

All relevant computer files associated with this calculation package are archived on the Holtec Server and saved on the network under: G." IProjectsi 19161REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evahlation TRev 7 The old revisions are saved at G: \Projects

\1916\REPORTSýStructural Reports\SFP EvaluationlRev 6 G: Projects \1916ýREPORTSIStructural ReportsISFP Evaluation 5 G: IProjects 19166REPORTSIStructural Reports ýSFP Evahlation

ýRev 4 G: Wrojects 1916REPORTSYStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 3 G: ýProjects l 1916IREPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation Iev 2 G: Projects 1916ýREPORTSIStructural Reports MSFP Evaluation IRev 1 G: Projects I 9196REPORTSIStructural Reports ISFP Evaluation IRev 0 Page 13 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structurai Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715 6.0 ANALYSES Dynamic simulations are performed for SSE condition with 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 coefficients of friction (COF) for the contact interface between the HI-TRAC pool lid and its supporting surface. The effect of the water in the cask loading area is included in the dynamic model in the form of a hydrodynamic mass that is added to the structural mass, and a displaced mass term that serves to reduce the magnitude of the driving force input. Appendix E computes the hydrodynamic mass for the HI-TRAC, accounting for the confinement due to the adjacent wall and spent fuel racks. Figure 2 shows the total mass (structural plus hydrodynamic) and inertia properties associated with the cask. Figure 3 shows the additional constant upward force added to the loaded HI-TRAC cask, to ensure that the net vertical force is corrected for the automatic inclusion (by the VN algorithm) of the horizontal hydrodynamic mass in the vertical direction.

Figure 4 shows the three directional inertia forces applied at the centroid of the HI-TRAC cask.The facet calculation for cylindrical surface is presented in Appendix A. The contact interface between the pool lid and the support surface in VN is simulated using a "custom contact" model with appropriate local stiffness and damping as evaluated in Appendix B. The frictional force at each contact interface is evaluated as the product of the COF and the instantaneous normal force evaluated by the VN dynamic code. Figures 5 and 6 show the stiffness, damping and friction coefficient inputs to the VN model at the HI-TRAC pool lid/support structure interface.

Appendix D presents the derivation of the relationship between coefficient of restitution and damping. Appendix G performs baseline correction on the original SSE acceleration time histories to obtain baseline-corrected time histories.

Appendix H evaluates the lifting of the leveling platform to meet the requirements of [5.14].Appendix I demonstrates the structural adequacy of the floor slab in the Campaign II and III configuration in consideration of non-conservatism identified in report HI-92952 (reference

[5.4]).Page 14 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report I-1-2104715 Appendix J addresses the structural qualification of the leveling platform [5.13] that supports the HI-TRAC cask and bears on the SFP floor slab. It demonstrates that the leveling platform is structurally adequate to support the HI-TRAC 100D cask under the normal, SSE and OBE conditions.

Appendices K and L are supplements to Appendix J providing ANSYS input files and output files for weld evaluation.

7.0 RESULTS 7.1 HI-TRAC Stability In this section, the results from the dynamic simulations of HI-TRAC seismic response in the cask area at El. 74.25' are documented.

Figure 7 shows time history plot of typical impact force on the slab and Figure 8 shows maximum displacement at the top of the HI-TRAC cask in the cask area under the SSE seismic excitation with 0.8 COF at the pool lid/SFP floor interface.

The COF between the HI-TRAC base (pool lid) and SFP slab is taken as 0.8 (upper bound) and 0.2 (lower bound) per assumption 3.4. An additional case with COF value of 0.5 is also performed.

Hence, a total of three SSE runs were made and results are tabulated in Table 1. Table 1 summarizes the results for maximum displacements at the top of the cask, peak vertical loads, and peak frictional forces between pool lid and slab interface for the three cases considered.

The maximum lateral displacement (in H1 or H2 direction) of the top of the HI-TRAC is observed to be 2.458" for the postulated SSE seismic event. The resulting safety factor against impact with the surrounding structures and the loaded HI-TRAC is 1 (4.4244" / 2.458") (see Section 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 4.4244").

The maximum lateral displacement of the bottom of the HI-TRAC is observed to be 2.450" for the postulated SSE seismic event. The worst scenario is observed when the HI-TRAC and the leveling platform move as one. The resulting safety factor against impact with the surrounding structures and the loaded leveling platform is 1.07 (2.6119" / 2.450") (see Section 2.2.1 for the derivation of the value of 2.6119").Page 15 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 2104715 The peak vertical force on the cask loading area slab at any time instant is obtained as 511,750 lbf under SSE condition, as seen from Table 1.Table 1: Peak Results from Dynamic Analyses of HI-TRAC Cask under SSE Event COF Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum between Y-Directional X-Directional Y-Directional X-Directional Peak Peak HI- (112)(HI) (112) (1) Vertical Frictiona Case TRAC (H)(2 H) Displacement[

Displacement Displacement Displacement of Load I Force Pool Lid of Bottom of of top of HI- of top of HI- Bottom of HI- (lb.) (lb.)and SFP HI-TRAC (l. (b)TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.) TRAC (in.)Floor (in.)Case 1 0.2 2.458 1.096 2.450 1.063 212,520 42,420 Case 2 0.5 0.922 0.846 0.161 0.184 391,500 194,420 Case 3 0.8 1.369 1.343 0.083 0.163 511,750 387,900 Since SSE seismic event is stronger than OBE event, the analysis is not repeated for the OBE event. As shown in Section 7.2, an evaluation of current configuration under OBE event is unwarranted.

7.2 Pool Slab Assessment For reference only, the net resultant load on the SFP slab from the Final Reracked Configuration

[5.4] (with regular fuel) and that from Campaign II racks (racks El through ElO, plus NI through N4) and Campaign III rack (rack N5) (with regular fuel, i.e., 680 lbf fuel) including a loaded cask in the cask area, are presented below. Please note that Campaign III rack N6 is not included in the load summation for Campaigns II and III since the Rack N6 cannot co-exist with the HI-TRAC cask. The dead load of the racks from both Campaign II, III and Final Reracked Configuration are directly obtained by summing the individual rack weight and the fuel within[5.5]. The maximum dead load on the SFP floor is 191,000 lbs (Table 3.2.2 of [5.8]) and it occurs when the loaded HI-TRAC cask is placed on the floor. Table 2 compares the dynamic loads on the slab under the SSE event, from the Final Reracked Configuration and the Campaign II and III Configuration including a loaded HI-TRAC.Page 16 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report M-2104715 Table 2: Comparison of Total Dynamic Loads on Slab Campaigns II and Final Reracked III (Racks El thru Load Classification

/ Pool Configuration El0 and N1 thru Layout (regular fuel) N5) (regular fuel)(SSE) Including Loaded Cask (SSE)Dead Load on Slab from Fully 3,112,220 2,949,480 Loaded Racks (Dr), lbf §Dead Load on Slab from Fully 191,000 Loaded Cask (DJ), lbf Dynamic Adder from Rack 0.372 0.372 Dynamic Analysis (Ar) +Dynamic Adder from Cask 0 1.680 Dynamic Analysis (AJ) *Buoyancy Factor (B) y 0.873 0.873 Total Dynamic Load[Drx B x (1 + Ar)] + [D, x (1 + 3,727,680 4,044,638 A.)]§ The dead loads on slab (Dr) are calculated in Appendix F. All of the racks present in a configuration are fully loaded with regular fuel weighing 680 lbf.*The dynamic adder from the cask dynamic analysis is incremental factor applied to the dead load to obtain the seismic load (Ac = 511,750/191,000

-I = 1.680).4The dynamic adders from the rack seismic analysis Ar are the incremental factor applied to the submerged weight of the loaded racks to obtain the seismic load. They are calculated in Appendix F. Although the calculated dynamic adder is for the Final Reracked Configuration racks, it is used for the Campaign II and III racks as well. Since the total mass of fuel and the number of fuel cells in the Final Reracked Configuration racks is considerably higher than the corresponding numbers for the Campaign II and Ill racks, it is justifiable to use the dynamic adder from the Final Reracked Configuration to calculate the total dynamic load for the Campaign II and III racks.y The multipliers applied to the dry weight of the racks plus fuel to account for buoyancy effects in water are calculated in Appendix F.Page 17 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 7.2.1 Slab Capacity Check It is recognized that the finite element model described in Ref. [5.4] is non-conservative because it credits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. further evaluation is needed for the slab under the effective load from the Campaign II and III racks plus the loaded HI-TRAC.Therefore, Appendix I is added herein to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the spent fuel slab in Campaign II and III configuration without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The minimum factor of safety for slab flexural capacity presented is Appendix I is 1.228.7.2.2 Leveling Platform Punching Shear Check The HI-TRAC cask is supported by the leveling platform in the spent fuel pool per [5.14] and the adjustable support pedestals of the leveling platform assembly are contacting with the slab.Appendices J, K and L are added to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the leveling platform in supporting the HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.

Since the load from the loaded cask is concentrated on the spent fuel pool slab through the leveling platform pedestals, local punching shear and bearing evaluation are performed below.To evaluate the punching shear on the slab at a location of impact, the maximum allowable punching shear force is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ].The distance from the most compressed fiber to the tensile reinforcement is: d = 57 in. Page 6-90 of [5.4]Leveling Platform adjustable support diameter (chamfer considered):

D = 4.75 in. [5.13]Page 18 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1I-2104715 Bearing Pad thickness:

t = 2 in. [5.15]Assume the pedestal load spreading of 45 deg. through the bearing pad.The effective perimeter around the impact location is: bo = 2 x n x (D + 2xt + d) bo = 413 in.(Note that the load is conservatively assumed to be applied to only two pedestals due to rocking in the SSE and the OBE conditions.

The same assumption is also used in Appendix J in evaluating the leveling platform)Concrete compressive strength:

fc = 4,000 psi Page 6-90 of [5.4]Therefore, the punching shear capacity is calculated per ACI Code [5.11 ] as: Vcap = 0.85 X 4 X (f)1 2 X b 0 x d Vcap = 5,063,600 lbf The maximum impact load from the loaded cask is: Vimp = 511,750 lbf (Table 1)Therefore the safety factor against a punching shear failure of the slab is: SF = Vcap/ Vimp SF p9.89 The bearing capacity of the concrete slab is calculated per ACI Code [5.11] as: S 1 ar = 2 x 0.85 x 0.7 x fc Sjear = 4,760 psi The bearing stress on concrete slab based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate is calculated as: S. = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D+2xt)

2) S. = 4,255 psi Therefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the concrete slab is: SF = Sbear/ Sas SF- 1.2 Page 19 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1-2104715 The bearing capacity of the bearing pad is calculated per AISC [5.16] as: Sbarbp = 0.9X27,500 psi Sbearbp = 24,750 psi Where 27,500 psi is the yield strength of SA-240-304 at 150 deg. F per [5.17].The bearing stress on bearing pads based on the peak impact force on HI-TRAC baseplate is calculated as: Sas_bp = Vimp / (2x0.25xrt(D)

2) Sasbp = 14,440 psi Therefore, the safety factor against the bearing stress on the bearing pads is: SF = Sbe.b p/ Sasbp ;SF 1.71l The above calculated safety factors are for the SSE event. As for the OBE event, ACI code (Section 9.2.1 of [5.11]) defines 1.7 and 1.4 as the load factors for impact load and dead load, respectively.

Note that the above calculated safety factors for concrete are both greater than 1.7, therefore, the corresponding safety factors for OBE events will be greater than 1.0, even if the SSE results are conservatively used as OBE results. Hence it is confirmed that an evaluation of OBE events are unwarranted.

Page 20 of 28 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715

8.0 CONCLUSION

S It is demonstrated in the foregoing sections that the maximum lateral excursion of the HI-TRAC is 2.458" at the top of the cask, which is less than the allowable excursion of 4.4244" between the HI-TRAC and the surrounding structures.

It is further shown that the HI-TRAC cask remains stable at the conclusion of the 20 seconds duration SSE seismic event (bounding).

It is shown that the spent fuel slab floor is structurally adequate in the current configuration (Campaign II and III racks with regular fuel plus the loaded cask) under the postulated SSE and OBE events without the temporary columns. The leveling platform is also structurally adequate to support the loaded HI-TRAC cask under normal, SSE and OBE conditions.

The safety factor for slab flexural loading is 1.228. The safety factor against the local punching of the slab is shown to be 9.89, based on the peak load on the slab from the HI-TRAC cask seismic analysis.The safety factor of the slab against the bearing is shown to be 1.12.It is therefore concluded that the HI-TRAC cask, when submerged in water in the spent fuel pool at El. 74.25' at Pilgrim, has adequate margins in terms of the kinematic stability and the slab structural integrity.

Page 21 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1-H-2104715 9.0 FIGURES The VN graphical outputs (result plots) and input screen captures in this section correspond to the HI-TRAC cask simulation under SSE event with 0.8 COF at the HI-TRAC base (Pool Lid)/SFP floor interface.

Similar plots can be obtained for other simulations (including 0.2 and 0.5 COF at HI-TRAC base (Pool Lid)/SFP floor interface) which are archived on the Holtec network.Figure 1. Model of Loaded HI-TRAC Cask on Slab Page 22 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Proeries of bod[2 "HJ~ C ?Vel Material Cylinder.

Central Inertia Contact j FEA FDensity Mass 1311795.520 Ibm r~ ensitY Mass I ...... ... .: ...............

.b C Uniform ( Custom i bm in'2 0 000 1 0.. ..09 -7. ....0.. t0.0! ....... ... .. ... oo o o o .. ...... .f ~ -1990..011600000.000 j~° ... ......... ..(Inertia about center of .masialigned with body axes)ppys Help... * ,.,,- .: ,.," " ..... ...o. ......Vel" Material Cylinder [Central .nertialI Contact1 FEiA 4 L Material Properties C[ ustom material for body[2] ., .,:'!.Mass F311795.520 Ibm Volume 11 in.3 Coeff. Restitution 10.254 ...Coeff. Friction 0.800 C lPpy Help Figure 2. Mass Properties (including hydrodynamic mass) of HI-TRAC Page 23 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7 I Project 1916 Report MI-2104715

= ;.,~~ ~ ~ .x-ýM , 7_ " " Appearance

~Structural Load jActive Y o.10o00 lbf Z J164265.192 lj bf Frame ...- ...... .'r World 0-:8'dy C Coord rCoordinates

(* Cartesian

!C Cylindrical C Face normal Figure 3.Constant Buoyancy Force Applid Et C aP Figure 3. Constant Buoyancy Force Applied to Cask Page 24 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 ,Edit For ula I .'m 1w 4, Graph Property.

Math Logic Function.e'v 7C ?I, IN M-191 000(input[16])

Ibf 9000o0.0ao.0.ooG.aogea5.oo6oo0(.oD8.oo9.aooJ.a(Time (sec)----------

-A.6 I. EdtFomlaM Graph Property:

Math Logic Function'we X "v W Tj 0 ffl N-191 000([input[391)

Ibf.............

.Ei t orul Graph Property Math Logic Function'r Ni 7E q El ffl 1bf-191 000'input[4011 Ibi IA~4==Tlme(see)OK Cancel' Help Figure 4. Bounding Inertia Force Applied to the Cask (All Directions)

Page 25 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 191ýReport HI-2104715 I*1 S Prpriso bd~]'OLl)'

M "V9* el .. .Mteral C....ra. e...a FEA Co .tact C* ..we. .Contact detectibow

-Conitact response--

r Facetted wdaface r Ilmpulse/,,omitum

r. AllRow Penetration.

r- Custom model Facett..Properties Smooth =uoface

..... ..... ..,. , Mod" ......... ... OK " Ir mpuloe/m omentum O" Custom :_.:.Coe. Rettiution 1-7---Ctf. ,Frictio .... , " .I ,. Normal foremfiodek ti, Vrpenatrot1mmr-J Frctnir force mo .1e .t l 0,... .Ga o. MathL gic : JE: .IF-ý -/r N\ 7C ?I (DG (- 3923 t fin)pm ehatio.11

-(5129 hIt I[Tnme (sec)Figure 5. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Stiffness and Damping for HI-TRAC Model Eit. FomlaTE 2 2 2 Graph Property.

Math Logic Function-#, %./" 'v 7E. T! 91 ff 1W 0081normalcomP0"tangentvels/tangentvel 0"J.0001 inls) ... , OK---] Can~el iel C,*.00~.00o.008.0@.0 aosoos.oari.ao8.0o.OOM.OC Ttme (sec)i -Figure 6. Pool Lid/Slab Interface Friction for HI-TRAC Model Page 26 of 28 G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Figure 7. Maximum Pool Lid/SFP Floor Interface Load -(SSE Event)Value x 0.004 in y 0.094 in 2 194-243 in Min Max-1.255 1.369-1.311 1.343 194.233 194,529 Figure 8. Position of the Top of HI-TRAC (SSE Event)(the original position of the top of HI-TRAC is (0 in.,0 in., 194.25 in.))Page 27 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report H1-2104715 10.0 APPENDICES (Number of Pages)Appendix A -VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation (2)Appendix B -Stiffness and Damping Evaluation (1)Appendix C -Approved Computer Program List (6)Appendix D -Coefficient of Restitution (2)Appendix E -Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects (5)Appendix F -Calculations of Factors (2)Appendix G -Baseline Correction of SSE Time History (5)Appendix H -LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM (11)Appendix I -Analysis of Spent Fuel Pool Slab in Campaign II and III Configuration (8)Appendix J -Analysis of Leveling Platform Assembly Under Normal, SSE and OBE Conditions (27)Appendix K -ANSYS Input Files (12)Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files (3)Page 28 of 28 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7

Project 1916 Report 1-11-21 04715 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 I Appendix A: VisualNastran Number of Facets Calculation The purpose of this appendix is to determine the number of facet points (i.e. contact locations) the model has for defining custom contact in VisualNastran

[5.1].The pool lid is placed on the spent fuel pool floor (cylindrical surface on flat ground) and allowed to reach steady state. The compression is then measured using an arbitrary stiffness input.Guess stiffness 4 Ibf in Guess damping 1000. lbf sec in 7 z After steady state has been reached, knowing the weight and the final deflection with the arbitrary stiffness, the number of facets can be computed.Appendix A -1 of 2 G:\Projects\1 91 6\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\

Project 1Y16 Report HI-21U4715 I Project 1916 Report HI-21U4115 I Contact force Final velocity Final displacement Number of facet points F,:= -8091.417.

Ibf in V,:= -0.02637.-

sec z:= -0.0024.in k- z+ c. V, N= 16 Appendix A -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix B: Stiffness and Dampingi Evaluation SCOPE: Dynamic analyses of rigid bodies under seismic loading require simulation of contact between bodies. While classical impact-momentum analysis models may be used, contacts between two large flat surfaces undergoing low velocity impacts are better represented by a series of peripheral springs that simulate the contact behavior.

Here, we determine the spring rate and damping coefficient appropriate to simulate a damped system having mass, W/g. There are N facet points at the contact; here, we determine the spring and damper per facet to be input into the "custom contact" model in VN to represent the interface between HI-TRAC pool lid and the SFP slab.NF := 16 Number of facets (Appendix A)Wtrac := 191000. lbf Bounding weight of loaded HI-TRAC [5.8]The premise for establishing this spring rate at the HI-TRAC base and SFP slab interface is that the responses of interest when considering system behavior to seismic ground motions should focus on the predominate modes below 33 Hz and avoid modeling assumptions that introduce spurious mathematical artifacts that serve only to interject high frequency effects into the simulation.

The predominant energy content from seismic events is in the frequency range below 16Hz (Page 2-6 of Ref. [5.3]). Therefore, any contact spring representation for the dynamic model should not introduce artifacts leading to spurious and artificial higher frequency effects. Therefore, the custom contact spring representation used herein is based on the mass of the supported model, and is developed so that the 33Hz frequency is based on a vertical oscillation of the mass on a rigid foundation.

This renders the custom contact model independent of the local matedal and geometric shape of the contact surfaces.A local contact stiffness is chosen on the basis of the total supported mass and a requirement to eliminate all frequencies above 33Hz from this spring constant.

The damper associated with this local contact stiffness is chosen to produce a coefficient of restitution value of 0.254 (Appendix

0) at the interface to suppress high frequency numerical oscillations.

f := 33. Hz Rigid body frequency Contact Stiffness Wtr~ac (2-Tr. f)2 1.K :2 K = 1329272.567.-I g NF in Corresponding Damping 2.0.4f Wrac-NF b e C =- K. IC = 5128.735 1. NF in Appendix B -1 of 1 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\

WT-91n4715

-~-1916 AhPWPENDI C R r I-141 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 312012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USER FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)

ESEXPERT or special VERSION (Docket #) 2 limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used MA, SPA, AB, 11.0 CWB, RI, PK. AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018,1019, HP, VRP, ER, IR, 1039, 1060 AIS, ZY, JZ MA, SPA, AB, 12.0 CWB, RJ, PK, AL, CWB HI-2012627 Windows XP (2) 1016, 1017 HP, VRP, ER, IR, AIS. ZY, JZ MA, SPA, AB, Windows XP (2) 1019, 1060 12.1 CWB, RJ, PK, AL. CWB H 1-2012627 1021, 1023, 1025, DOC 50-298 HP, VRP, ER, IR. Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032, 1044, ANSYS (A) DOC 72-1014 AIS, ZY, JZ 1093 MA, SPA. AB, Windows XP (2) 1017.1018, 1019 CWB, RJ, PK, AL, 1023,1025,1031, 13.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB H 1-2012627 1038 1044 1127.AIS, ZY, JZ. YC, Windows 7 (0,1) 1139:1187:1888, 1038 VM 1189,1190,1179 MA, SPA, AB, CWB, RJ, PK, AL, 14.0 HP, VRP, ER, IR, CWB HI-2012627 Windows 7 (0,1) 1162,1044,1187 AIS, ZY, JZ, YC, VM AutoCad 2011 3.0 N/A JAG HI-2125187 Windows 7 (11 1158 N/A COMPRESS Build 7140 N/A VM HI-2125173 Windows XP(2) 1058 SPA, BDB, KB, 4-2.05.14 HF, SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1006 DOC 50-271 DMM, VIM, ES, PS CASMO (A) DOC 71-9336 SPA, BDB, KB, 5M -1.06.00 DMMHF. SVF, TH, BKI SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (2) 1008, 1013 DMM, VIM. ES, PS 108,01 of Page C1 of C6 Project 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)

USERS FOR"A" EXPERT for special VERSION 4T Compused (Docket #) ' limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used SPA, BDB, KB, 5-2.00.00 HF. SVF, TH, BK, SPA HI-2104750 Windows 7 (0.1) 1051 DMM, VIM, ES, PS SPA, BDB, KB, Windows 7 (0,1) 1051 5-2.02,00 HF, SVF, TH, BK. SPA H 1-2104750 DMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows XP (2) 1008 CORRE 1.3 N/A CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020 Windows 7 (0,1) 1049 DECAY 1.6 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (31 1016 Windows XP (2) 1016 DECOR DOC 50-423 1.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016 Windows 7 (0,1) 1027 Dr. Beam Pro 1.0.5 N/A CWB N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1044,1162 DYNAMO I.0AIS,CWB, VRP, SYNMe0 A)H, KKG CWB HI-2114848 Windows 7.(0,I1) 1044,1021 Suite (A) HP, KKG Windows XP (2) 1016 Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER. IR, DMM, DOC 72-1014 4.56 AHM, YL, INP, ER H 1-981921 MH, JGR Windows XP (3) 1022 Windows 7 (0,1) 1027 1002, 1003, 1016, Windows XP (2) 2003 Windows XP (3) 1001 1026, 1193, 1027, Windows 7 0.1) 1135'Fluent (A) DOC 50-368 ER, IR, DMM, DOC 72-1014 6.3.26 AHM, YL, INP, DMM H 1-2084036 Red Hat Ent.MH, JGR (3,.43-9.EL4) 1004 Linux (2.6.9-5)Red Hat Ent.(4.4.2-48)

Linux 1070,1071,1072 (2.6.18-194.e15)

Server Release 5.5 Page C2 of C6 1Qlg IPPRNnTY R PoLTEC 1916O VE APPEN CP Re ' HEV.0276 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR "A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)

COES EXPERT for special VERSION (Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used GENEQ 1.3 N/A AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1028 HTRI XIST 6.00 N/A KK N/A Windows XP (3) 1057 LONGOR DO( 50-305 1.1 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL,'ls971sR4.2)

HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows XP (2) 1018 AIS, JZ, ZY 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL, 10s71 sR5.0) HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1031, 1032 LS-DYNA DOG 50-298 AIS, JZ, ZY (A) DOC 72-1014 971 AB. SPA, RJ, AL, (ls971dR5.0)

HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1025, 1093 AIS, JZ, ZY 971 AB, SPA, RI, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035, HP, VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037 (mpp971dR5.0)

AIS, JZ, ZY LS-DYNA DOC 50-298 971 AB, SPA, RJ, AL, Windows Server 1033, 1034, 1035, (A) DOC 72-1014 (mpp971sR5.0)

HP VRP, KPS, JZ N/A HPC 2008 1036, 1037 AIS, JZ, ZY MACCS2 1.13.1 N/A SPA HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1041 Windows XP (2) 1008, 1002 1006, 1009, 1010, SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002, 2004.4A HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 2005,2006, 2007 DOC 50-368 DMM, VIM, ES. PS 20.20,20 MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 1011, 1013, 1014, Windows 7 (0, 1) 1015, 1030, 1051, 1113, 1114, 1115 4B SPA, BDB, KB, KB HI-2104750 Windows XP (3) 2001,2002 aHF, SVF, TH, BK, f Page C3 of C6 Proiect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST' REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CRIEDREMARKS:

See OPERATING APRVD Idct APPROVEDEINAPPROVED Idct PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Compute (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)

US ES EXPERT for special VERSION Listed Compused (Docket #) abe) CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used DMM, VIM, ES, PS Windows 7 (0,1) 1051 Windows XP (2) 1002, 1003, 1008 SPA, BDB, KB, 1006. 1009, 1010, 5.1.40 HF, SVF, TH, BK, KB H 1-2104750 Windows XP (3) 1012, 001,2002, DMM, VIM. ES, PS 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 1011. 1014, 1015, Windows 7 (0,1) 1051, 1113, 1114, 1115 Windows XP (2) 1002 1003, 1008, 2003 1006, 1009, 1010.DO 038SPA, BDB, KB, Windows XP (3) 2001. 2002. 2005, DOC 50-368 5.1.51 HF, SVF, TH. BK, KB H 1-2104750 2006.2007 MCNP (A) DOC 71-9336 DM ,VM S S2006,2007 DMM, VIM. ES, PS 1011,1013,1014, Windows 7(0,1) 1015, 1051, 1076.1113, 1114,1115 MR216 (A) 2.40 AIS, CWB. VRP. CWB HI-2125267 Windows 7 (0,1) 1049 HP, KKG Windows XP (2) 1016 MULPOOLD 2.3 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (3) 1016 Windows 7 (0,1) 1026 Nanotec Wet Pravin Windows Server 1146 Chemistry 0 N/A Kumar N/A 003 revision 2 114 ONEPOOL 1.7 N/A ER N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 ORIGEN2 486 N/A ER HI-92784 Windows XP (2) 1016 Windows XP (.3) 1016 Page C4 of C6 Prolect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVEDCV CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION USERS FOR"A" CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Computer (Category) 50 2 OE EXPERT for special VERSION (Docket # a) CODES limitations (Service pack 4 Listed by ID ID(s) used ORIGEN-S, SAS2H, KENO-Va, DOC 50-346 Windows 2000 NITAWL & DOC 71-9336 4.3 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A (2) 1050 BONAMI (Modules of SCALE 4.3)ORIG EN-S &SAS2 DO 503461006, 1009, 1010, S(s2 o DOC 50-346 4.4 N/A KB, SPA N/A Windows XP (3) 2004,2005,12007 (Modules of DOC 71-9336 20,0520 SCALE 4.4)ORIGEN-S, 1011 1013, 1113, SAS2H & Windows 7 (0,1)KENO-VI 5.1 KB, SPA, BK KB, SPA N/A 1015,1076,1088 (Modules of Windows XP (3) 2002 2004, 2005, SCALE 5. 1) 2007 7.6.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1093,1025 SHAKE 2000 7.7.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1021 0 NWindows XP (3) 1020 Windows 7 (0,1) 1038, 1049 ShapeBuilder 6.0 N/A VRP HI-2053361 Windows 7 (0,1) 1044 Windows XP(2) 1077 1081, 1082, N/A SolidWorks 0i/doI2012761 X 1083% 1085, 1086 20 04 1078 1079, 1080, N/A Windows 7 (0,1) 1084 STER 5.04 N/A ER N/A Windows XP(3) 1016 1011, 1013, 1015, 1051, 1076, 1088.SX 1.0 N/A KB N/A Windows 7 (0, 1) 1108,1113,1114,.1115 Page C5 of C6 Proiect 1916 APPENDIX C Report HI-2104715 HOLTEC APPROVED COMPUTER PROGRAM LIST" REV. 226 July 31 2012 APPROVED IN CERTIFIED REMARKS: See OPERATING APPROVED Indicate PROGRAM USNRC PART VERSION CODE report indicated SYSTEM & COMPUTERS:

Computer (Category) 50 & 71/72 SER: (Executable)

USERSEXPERT for special VERSION (Docket #) 2 CODES limitations (Service pack 4) Listed by ID ID(s) used Windows XP (2) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 1008 Windows XP (3) 1006, 1009, 1010 Windows XP (2) 1016 TBOIL 1,11 N/A ER N/A WindowsXPl()

1016 Windows XP (3) 1016 VERSUP 1.0 N/A AIS N/A Windows XP (2) 1016 Visual DOC 50-133 24/A Windows XP (2) 1017, 1018 E101__8 ]EE_Nastran DOC 72-27 2004 N AIS, CWB N/A Windows XP (3) 1020,1028 1 C 72 I ,Windows 7 (0,1) 1044,1045 Page C6 of C6 Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Appendix D: Coefficient of Restitution Coefficient of Restitution

/ Percent Critical Damping Relationship (i-i1) ______ gi i:= 1.. 40 z. 40 1-t cor. :=e S 40 2.[1-(z)2]1= co.=Z 1 1 1 0 2 0.924 0.025 0.854 0.05 0.79 0.075 5 0.729 0.1 6 0.673 0.125 0.621 0.15 8 0.572 0.175 0.527 0.2 100.484 0.225 11 0.444 0.25 12 0.407 0.275 13 0.372 0.3 14 0.34 0.325 15 0.309 0.35 16 0.281 0.375 17 0.254 0.4 18 0.229 0.425 19 0.205 0.45 20 0.183 0.475 Appendix D -1 of 2 G\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev O\

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 0 0 cori I 0 U 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Percent Critical Damping In order to account for the non-linear impact occurring at interfaces of floor/cask during an earthquake, the damping percentage at this interface is artificially set at 40%(corresponding to cor = 0.254) based on the results of the low velocity cask impact simulations in DS-340 [5.2]. This value is not to be interpreted as a measure of intemal damping, rather as a "pseudo damping" value that enables a reasonably accurate solution of a non-linear dynamics problem using a simplified model. This approach has been used previously by Holtec for Colombia Generating Station and Private Fuel Storage, LLC and Hope Creek Generating Station.Appendix D -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0\

Project 1916 Report HI-21 04715 I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 I Appendix E: Hydrostatic and Hydrodynamic Effects 1. CALCULATION OF CAVITY FREE SPACE BASED ON AS-BUILTS The dimensions are taken from Fig. 2.1 of [5.5] and [5.9]. Also, Fig. 2.1 is attached as Fig. El in this Appendix.Cask cavity size: N-S direction:

NSPit:= 116.125in

+1.875in = 118. M'E-W direction:

From Fig. El, based on the number of cells in Rack E3 9 88.50in -- = 56.893. in 14 h := 30.5ft -L -199.587in

-3in = 106.52

  • in htotai : =h + 3.91lin = 110.43 -in where a gap of 3.91 inch is assumed as in Fig. El.EWPit := htotai = 110.43- in Maximum Cask Width (use the trunnion tip to tip distance)

[5.12]ML := 91.5in The leveling platform [5.13] is placed in the pool at an exact location specified by [5.15]. The HI-TRAC is placed at the center of the platform.

Per [5.15], the closet adjacent structure to the platform center is identified as the N2 Rack as shown in calculation below, where 92" and 98. 75" are the width of platform [5.15, 5.13] in E-W and N-S direction, respectively.

9 92in> 14 gapEw := (4in+- + 4.8125. in 16 2 2 98.75in~ ML gapNs:= 3in + 2 2=6.625i Therefore, the minimum gap around the HI-TRAC is calculated below and is used to assess if the HI-TRAC hits the surrounding structures under seismic event: gapmin := min(gapEw, gapNs) = 4.8125- in Reference

[5.15] shows the minimum gap between the leveling platform and the surrounding structures is 3", existing between the platform and the North Wall. This minimum gap is used to assess if the leveling platform hits the surrounding structures under seismic event.Appendix E -1 of 3 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\

I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715I 0z E2 Fig. El Pool Layout -Campaign I Appendix E -2 of 3 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\ I I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715

2. CALCULATION OF DISPLACED MASS OF CASK CONSIDERED AS A SINGLE BODY PROPRIETARY Appendix E -3 of 3 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\StructuraI Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 7\'

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Annendix F: CalculItion of Factors I° "r'r ..............................

This appendix calculates the buoyancy factors and dynamic adder used in Table 3 in the main report. The rack information is from Table 2.3 of Ref. [5.5] and rack configurations are from Fig. 2.1 and Fig. 2.2 of [5.5]. The submerged weights and dynamic adder forces (SSE) are from Page 5-28 of Ref. [5.4].Table 171: Final RerackedConfiguration (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)--Ii Rack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel) (Ibs)Ni 29400 288 195840 225240 N2 28600 270 183600 212200 N3-- 27100 266 180880 207980--------- 0 247 167960ý 193160 N5 520N27 1v6760 193160.... .. N 5 ... ... ............

.... ...........

...........

... ...........

............

.... ..... .. ..... ... ..........

....... ...............

....................

..............

.............

.........

.... ..........

.... .... ..... ...... .... ...... ..... ........ ..... ..... ...... I .... ...........

.... .................

2 4 .....19 1 6 N6_ 0 21300 208 141440 162740 E- 23600 214 145520 169120 E2 25200 230 156400 181600 E3 31700 293 199240 230940 E4 29000 266 180880 209880 E5 29000 266 180880 .209880 E6 29000 266 180880 209880 E7 29000 266 180880 209880-E8 29000 266 180880 209880 E9 29000 266 180880 2098800 El0 76800 0 0 76800.........

........ ..... ...................

.. .. ....... .......Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (Ibs) 3112220.SUBMERGED WEIGHT (lbs) 26.. ...... ..............

B U O.......F....

...... ... .... ... ... .......... ..... ...... ........ ---- --- -. ...... ....BUOYANCY FACTOR 0.873 -.SSE DYNAMIC ADDER FORCE 1010816.32 SSE DYNAMIC ADDER ---0.372 Note that the dead weight of equipment rack E10 is estimated by multiplying the maximum static load of the slab load point #25 by four. That is, 19,200 lbs

  • 4 = 76,800 Ibs, where 19,200 lbs is from Page 5-28 of Ref. [5.41.Appendix F -1 of 2 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\

I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Table F2: Rack Conflauration Cam'aiqn II and III (with 680 lbs Regular Fuel)Rack ID Rack Empty Weight (Ibs) No. of Cells Fuel Weight (Ibs) Total Weight (Rack+Fuel) (Ibs)N1 29400 288 195840 225240 N2 28600 270 183600 212200 N3 27100 266 180880 207980 N4 25200 247 167960 _ 193160 ___N5 25200 247 167960 193160 El 23600 214 145520 ____ 169120 ___E2 25200 230 156400 181600 E33100293 199240 230940.. .....3 ... ............

....... ... .3 1 0 ....... ......... ... ..... .............

.ý ....... ...........

.. .........

.... ... ...... .... .. ...... ....... .... ...... ....... .... .. ..................

...2 9 1 9 9 2 4 0 0 ..... ...........

...............

E4 29000 266 180880 209880 E5 29000 266 -180880 209880 E6 29000 266 180880 209880 El 29000 266 180880 209880 E8 29000 _______ 266 180880 209880 E9 26629000 266 180880 209880 El0 76800 0 0 76800... ......... .. ..... ... ....... ... ........Total Dead Weight of Fully Loaded Racks (lbs- ..... 2949480 Note that Rack N6 is removed since it cannot co-exist with a HI-TRAC placed into the SFP for dry cask operations.

Appendix F -2 of 2 G:\Projects\1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 4\ I Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX G BASELINE CORRECTION OF SSE TIME HISTORY Page G-1 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 The seismic acceleration time-histories of spent fuel slab at El. 74.25' are taken from the acceleration time-histories (set no. 3, i.e, a-tsse.h31, a-tsse.h32 and a-tsse.vt3) generated in the report [5.3]. The acceleration-time histories are are integrated twice to form a velocity and displacement time history. This is easily performed using a simple sphere model in VisualNastran with arbitrary mass and applying the acceleration time history induced inertia force to the spherical mass. Figure 1 shows the spherical model in VN and the result of the raw integration for El. 74.25'. There is a nonzero velocity existing at the end of the event as well as a large final movement.

This appendix documents the VisualNastran (VN) analyses focused on adding small corrective acceleration to the original acceleration time-histories from [5.3] to ensure the velocity and displacement are truly zero at the end of seismic event. The output acceleration time-histories from this appendix are used as inputs to represent the driving inertial loads in the VisualNastran (VN) model.I....... ---Figure 1: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration BEFORE Baseline Correction at El. 74.25'Page G-2 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 To baseline correct this input, an incremental velocity is assumed in each direction having the form: A 2 t 2 dv= Alt+At 2 The two constants of integration are chosen so that the total velocity (integrated by VN from the acceleration data + incremental velocity) is zero at the end of the specified 20-second duration, and the average total velocity over the event duration is zero. The following results are obtained for the two constants:

A 1 = (2ve- 6va )/ gte A 2 = 6(2va -ve)/g(te)2 The quantities in the above relations have the units of acceleration and acceleration/sec.

and have been divided by gravity for convenience:

Time duration = te Velocity at end of duration from initial integrated numerical time history = Ve Average velocity over entire duration from integrated numerical time history = va Each of the above pieces of data is available from the Excel spreadsheet (for each direction of excitation) that accompanies the initial VN solution.

Returning to the VN simulation model and correcting the input inertia forces by including the new incremental acceleration in each lateral direction.

Page G-3 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Baseline Correction at El. 74.25 ft.Require that end velocity be zero and average velocity over duration be zero in each direction.

x direction:

v., = 12.4 in see A, =(2v, -6v,)/gt, A2 = 6(2Va -_ v)/g(t )2 Check: VX 2 0= Alte + A 2 2 _)9 2)in in va = 97.7 -4.885-1 20. sec sec A, = -5.841x 10-4 A2 = _ 1.022 x 10-4 1 see vx2o =-12.4 sec y direction:

v =-5.44 in see A, =(2ve -6v.)/gt, A 2= 6(2va -ve)/g(te)2 in in va = -23.3- =-1.165-i 20. see sec A, = -5.038x 10-4 A 2=1.208x10-4 1--sec Check: VY 2 0 Alt,+ A 2 2J VY 2 0 = 5.44 -see z direction:

v 0.375in see A, =(2v, --6Va)/ gte A2 = 6(2v. _ vJ)/g(t,)2 in in va, = -3.38 = -0.169-20. sec sec A, = 2.284x 10-4 A 2=-2.77x110--

see Page G-4 of 5 GAProjects\

1916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0

Project 1916 Report HI-2104715 Check: VZ 2 o=( Ate + A 2 Leg in VZ 2 0 = -0.375-i sec Figure 2 shows the time histories of velocity and displacement after baseline correction at El.74.25'. It is shown the end velocities and displacements are effectively eliminated by the baseline correction.

Figure 2: Time Histories of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration AFTER Baseline Correction at El. 74.25'Page G-5 of 5 G:\Projects\1 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 0

APPENDIX H APPENDIX H: LIFTING ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM 1.0 Introduction This appendix contains the analysis of the lifting points of the Pilgrim leveling platform.2.0 Methodology The analysis is based on strength of materials formulations.

All analyses and the preparation of this report are carried out using the Mathcad electronic scratchpad program [3.13] on a computer using Windows 7.3.0 References

[3.1] Holtec Drawing 8262, Rev 6.[3.2] Not Used.[3.3] USNRC NUREG 0612, Handling of Large Loads in Nuclear Plants.[3.4] ANSI N 14.6 Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing 10000 lbs. (4500 kg.) or More for Nuclear Materials, 1993.[3.5] ASME Code,Section II, Part D, 1995.[3.8] Manual of Steel Construction, AISC, 9th Edition.[3.9] CMAA Specification

  1. 70, Crane Manufacturers of America, 1988.[3.10] ASME Code,Section III, Subsection NF, 2011.[3.11] Machinery's Handbook, 27th Edition, 2004.[3.12] Crosby catalog, 2011.[3.13] MATHCAD, Mathsoft, Version 15.0.[3.14] ASME BTH-1 -2011, Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ASME.PROJECT 1916 H-1 ofll1 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H 4.0 Acceptance Criteria, Allowable Strengths, and Assumptions 4.1 Acceptance Criteria Lifting of heavy objects is governed by [3.3] which references

[3.4] for actual numerical values for allowable strengths.

The primary normal stress at a given section must be less than the minimum of Sy/3 or Su/5 (Sy=material yield strength; Su= material ultimate strength) when the applied load is equal to the lifted load including any dynamic amplification.

Further, in accordance with[3.4], a further reduction in allowable strengths, by a factor of 2.0, is mandated if the lifting device does not have redundant load paths.There is no specific requirement for welds. Conservatively, it is assumed that the same requirement imposed on the base metal section is also imposed on the weld section.There is no requirement to check any local or secondary stress states.4.2 Allowable Strengths The following materials and allowable strengths are used in this analysis.Values for yield strength and ultimate strength are obtained at 150 OF from [3.5].SA -240-304 SA-479-304 SY240 =26700.psi Sy 4 7 9 26700-psi SU240 =73000.psi SU479 73000.psi Based on the above material strengths, the following allowable strengths are computed: (a20 fSY 2 4 0 : SU, 4 0 SY2 4 0 SU 2 4 0 (SY 4 7 9 SU 4 7 9 SY 4 7 9 SU 4 7 9)Sa7 i(6 :5 10 6'10)Sa 2 4 o= 4.45 x 103.psi Sa47 = 4.45 x 103 psi 4.3 Assumptions PROJECT 1916 H-2 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H The dynamic load factor is conservatively assumed to be 15% of dead weight to account for inertia effects, which is appropriate for low speed lifts.Shear strength is taken as 57.7% of the controlling normal stress allowable.

The factor of 57.7% is the ratio of allowable stress in pure shear to the allowable stress in uniaxial tension based on the maximum distortion energy failure theory.There is no limit set on local bearing stress in [3.3] and [3.4]; a limit on bearing stress is set at 90% of material yield at 3 times the lifted load to ensure no yielding under the test load.The total lifting load is uniformly distributed among the liffing slings. It can be achieved by adjusting the sling angles.4.4 Safety Factor The safety factor at a particular location is defined as: SF. = allowable load (strength)/

calculated load (stress).The requirement for an acceptable design is that all safety factors be greater than 1.0.5.0 Input Data 5.1 Load Data Load:= 5000.Ibf Anglel := 60.deg Angle2:= 30.deg DLF := .15 Bounding Lift Load [3.1]Min. Sling Angle from Horizontal (note 10 of [3.1])Projected angle in plane of platform [3.1]Dynamic Load Factor to account for inertia effects [3.9]5.2 Geometry Inputs The geometry inputs are provided along with the corresponding analysis in Section 6.0.PROJECT 1916 H-3 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H 6.0 Analyses All geometry inputs are from [3.1] unless otherwise noted.All item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.nsling 4 number of slings Load-(1 + DLF) _ 3 Tension:= -Loa.(l+ L) -1.66 x 103. force in each sling nsling. sin(,Anglel1)

Ph := Tension-cos(Angle1)

= 829.941-1bf horizontal force component P,:= Tension-sin(Anglei)

= 1.437 x 1031Ibf vertical force component 6.1 Lifting Shackle (item 7)Fwt 5tonne-g = 1.102 x 10 4-bf working load limit of shackle [3.12] 1 Fu: F,1r4.5 = 4.96 x 104.1bf ultimate load limit is 4.5 times working load limit [3.12]Ful 10 [SafetyFactort 2 Safety Factortb .Tension f 2,988 Note that the commerically procured shackle only needs to meet the 1/10th of the ultimate per [3.3] and [3.4].6.2 Lifting Block (item 5)d := 4.5.in PROJECT 1916 width of block H-4 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H b := 0.75.in c:= 2in dhole := 1-in hhol :=4-23in-lin = 3.719 in 32 dpi, :=0.75.in Anglel = 60.deg d x := -= 2.25 in 2 thickness of lifting block near the top thickness of lifting block near the bottom pin hole diameter at the top pin hole elevation (from the small pinhole center near top to the root of the thin portion of block)lift pin diameter [3.12]angle of load application extreme fiber distance to centroid Bearing Stress on block from Shackle Pin at Block Top Ab:= dpin'b = 0.562 in 2 bearing area Tension3 Or := -2.951 x 10 3psi bearing stress on block Ab SY 2 4 0 Opbearing

  • = .9'- = 8.01 x 10 psi bearing stress allowable 3 SFb.- Upbearing

[SFb = 2714 safety factor on bearing J Tb PROJECT 1916 H-5 of I1I HI-2104715 APPENDIX H Tear Out of Pin at Liftina Block Tor The shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51) from [3.14].A,= 2[a + ýý" (I- cos 1)t Assuming the tearout is in the vertical direction instead of along the sling direction to obtain conservative shear area and to simplify calculations.

The minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate is: dhole a:= lin-- =0 .5.in 2 5,.:= 55. = 41.25 dhole A, := 2 + ---i-.(1 -cos((0.deg))

b = 0.89.in 2 Tension 3 Tt :=- = 1.866 x 10 .psi A, shear plane and vertical angle total area of shear planes shear stress Sa 2 4 0-0.577 SFt : Tt SF7= 1.376]safety factor on tear out PROJECT 1916 H-6 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H Direction of appliedload Shear planes Curved edge A fN r R P CL hole where:-, = total area of the two shear planes beyond the pinhole a minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate= plate thickness Dv = pin diameter DI, = hole diameter= 55LP (in degrees)Figure 1 [3.14]Tensile Stress at Pin Hole Cross-Section at Lifting Block Top Ah := (d -dhole)-b = 2.625 in 2 Tension h .- Te -= 632.336.psi Ah area at pin hole cross-section tensile stress at pin hole cross-section safety factor at hole cross-section SFh= _(rh SFh =7.03 7 Stress at Root of Lifting Block's Thin Portion PROJECT 1916 H-7 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H The thickness of lifting block transitions from thickness "b" to "c" near the mid-height.

The thickness "c" is 2.67 times the thickness "b". The loading pattem on the lifting block and the geometry determines the critical cross-section is at the room of the lifting block's thin portion.The critical cross-section is subjected to tensile stress from vertical component of sling load, shear stress from horizontal component of sling load, and bending stress from the horizontal component of sling load.3 M := Ph'hhole = 3.086 x 10. Ibf-in d 3.b 4:= = 5.695 in 12 M d 13.s orb : d.= 1.219 x 10 psi 1 2 o- = 425.926-psi b.d 3 (r 1 combine: (Tb + (t= 1.645 x 10 *psi bending moment bending moment of inertia bending stress tensile stress from tension combined tensile stress safety factor for tensile stress Sa24o SFT I -O't combine FsF72-7 0 5 TL.- -- 245.908-psi b d shear stress Sa 2 4 0-0.577 SFs.TL ISS 0.441 safety factor for shear 6.3 Lifting Bar (item 6)PROJECT 1916 H-8 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H All item numbers and geometry data are from Ref. [3.1] unless otherwise noted.The lifting bar (or pin) goes through the thicker portion of lifting block at the bottom.The pin is supported at two ends by the platform plate (item 1).dl := 1.5in lifting pin diameter load on pin is conservatively taken as the sling load.Ppin := Tension = 1.66 x 103.Ibf The pin is subjected to a shear load. The maximum shear stress in the pin is calculated as:.pini Pi 469~.651-psi 0.577-Sa 4 7 9 SFshear : shear stress SFshe, = 5.467E The bending of the pin is evaluated by assuming simple support conditions for the pin. The beam span is conservatively assumed to be the distance between the mid-points of the supported ends of the pin. The beam span assumption is an extremely conservative assumption.

The lift load is applied as a uniformly distributed load over the width of the lifting foot. It is noted there is 1/8" gap between the lifting block and the inside edges of the platform plate (2.125"-2").

The 1/8" gap may cause slight of-center loading on the pin. However, the effect is negligible and therefore is not considered herein.c = 2 in lifting plate thickness at bottom (6 -2.125)in L := + 2.125in = 4.063 in 2 assumed beam span a:= c = 2 in load span PROJECT 1916 H-9 of 11 HI-2104715 APPENDIX H crl := 0.04in diametral clearance on pin and pin hole Moment:= .= 1.271 x 10 3.Ibf-in 2 2 2 ITr 4 4:= -.dl =0.249 in 64 dl 3 ('bendingI

= Moment.- = 3.835 x 10 .psi 2.1 maximum bending stress in pin moment of inertia of pin bending stress in pin SFbendl .(Tbending i SFbend = 1.16 beafina at pinhole at liftinq block bottom Lifting pin and lifting block are made of two different materials.

min(SY 4 7 9 , SY 2 4 0) 3 rpbearing

.9= 8.01 x 10 .psi 3 P.i O'bear= = 553.294"psi dl'c SFbem1 := pbearing O T bearl bearing stress allowable bearing stress SFbearl = 14.477f tearout at pinhole at liftinc block bottom The shear tear-out area is calculated using Eq (3-51)from

[3.14]. The sketch is shown in Figure 1 above.PROJECT 1916 H-10 of 11 HI-210471 5

APPENDIX H 1.54in a:= 2in -l.23in 2 4:= dl 0:= 55. -= 53.571 1.54in A, := 2 a + -( -cos(dp-deg) c= 6.139.in pin Ttearl .=..L. = 270.403.psi A,,.577Sa 2 4 0 SFteaI :=i Ttearl minimum edge distance from pinhole to edge of plate shear plane and vertical angle total area of shear planes shear stress ISFteaz = 9.496 7.0 Conclusion Since safety factors of parts that are in the load path are all greater than 1.0, using the specified allowable strengths in section 4.2, the lifting point meets the requirements of NUREG 0612 and ANSI N14.6. Therefore, the lifting point is acceptable.

PROJECT 1916 H-11 ofll1 HI-2104715 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX I: ANALYSIS OF SPENT FUEL POOL SLAB IN CAMPAIGN II AND III CONFIGURATION INTRODUCTION The finite element model described in Ref. [1.1] is non-conservative because it credits temporary columns to support the spent fuel pool slab. This appendix analyzes the spent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D +1.7E) per [1.1], without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. The applied flexural loads are from the slab dead weight, water in the pool, Campaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) and HI-TRAC IO0D cask.METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS The spent fuel pool slab is analyzed as a rectangular plate under a uniform pressure load corresponding to the limiting load combination 1.4D + 1.7 E. The flexure of the slab is analyzed.

Two different sets of boundary conditions are analyzed for the slab for completeness:

1) all edges fixed;2) three edges fixed (north, south, and east) and one edge simply supported (west).The load on the slab is assumed to be uniform pressure.The SSE dynamic loads from the racks and HI-TRAC cask are conservatively assumed to be the OBE loads.ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The calculated maximum bending moment in the slab under flexural loading shall be less than the reinforcement ultimate moment obtained from [1.1].REFERENCES

[1.1] Holtec Report HI-92952, "Calculation Package for Pilgrim Spent Fuel Pool Slab Structural Requalification", Rev. 1.[1.2] Young, W.C., Roark's Formulas for Stress & Strain, McGraw Hill International, 6th Edition.[1.3] Bechtel Drawing C-108 Rev. 3.Page I-1 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 INPUT DATA L := 484.in W:= 366-in t:= 60.in H:= 39.ft Ic := 165-pcf-1w:= 62.42.pcf D1 2949480.lbf E :=0.372.D, D4 := 1910001bf E 4:= 1.680.D 4 az := 0.3108 Inside dimension of SFP in NS direction

[1.3]Inside dimension of SFP in EW direction

[1.3]Thickness of SFP concrete slab (Page 4-1 of [1.1])Height of SFP water above slab (Page 5.1C of [1.1])Weight density of reinforced concrete (Page 2-5 of [1.1])Weight density of water Dead weight of racks in Campaign II and III (with regular fuel weighing 680 lb per assembly) (from Table 2 of main report)OBE dynamic adder associated with loaded racks (conservatively uses SSE result from Table 2 of main report)HI-TRAC dead weight [5.8]OBE dynamic adder associated with HI-TRAC (conservatively uses SSE results from Table 2 of main report)OBE vertical acceleration of SFP slab at 10.596 Hz (from p. 6-1C and 5B-6 of [1.1])Page 1-2 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 CALCULATIONS Weight of water in SFP D :=L.W.t.-Yc Self weight of reinforced concrete slab (excluding girders)D1 + D 2 + D3 + D4 D = 40.363psi L.W Equivalent pressure on wetted slab area due to dead loads from racks and cask Hydrodynamic force on slab due to OBE loading Seismic inertia force acting on slab due to OBE loading El + E2 + E3 + E4 E := L-= 15.04-psi L.W q :=1.4-D + 1.7.E = 82.076-psi Equivalent pressure on wetted slab area due to OBE loads from racks and cask Factored pressure load on slab for load combination 1.4D + 1.7E Use Table 26 from [1.2] to evaluate the flexural loads on the SFP slab. Two different sets of boundary conditions are evaluated.

Boundary Condition 1: All edaes fixed (Case No. 8 from Table 26 of [1.21)a:= L b:= W a-= 1.322 b Olx:= (1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 1010 P(0.3078 0.3834 0.4356 0.4680 0.4872 0.4974 0.5000)Page 1-3 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 linterp( 01X T, OyT, a 0 = 0.415 P2x:= [Ix 022y:= (0.1386 0.1794 0.2094 0.2286 0.2406 0.2472 0.2500)linterp(s 2 XT, 0 2 yT,fb) [2=0.198 At center of long edge (east edge of slab at center): (7 1 .- -21 = -1.268 x 10 3psi 2 t 2"I .- Crv M, 1= -761.098 kip.6 in kip-in Me:= 1027.1 Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])in SF:.- MI ISF = 1.349 At center (slab center region): 0 2.q-b2 2T2 2 O"2 = 603.973.psi t 2 cr 2.t kip.in M2 .- M2 = 362.384-k 6 in MC:= 919.1-kp Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])in Page 1-4 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 SF .- ISF = 2.536 IM21 Boundary Condition 2: Three edges fixed, one edge simply supported (Case No. 9 from Table 26 of [I.21)a:= L b:= W a = 1.322 b[3x (0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0)031y:= (0.020 0.081 0.173 0.307 0.539 0.657 0.718)y 01 := linterp 01 x T,3y T,' a1 = 0.457 02x,:= 1x 02y:= (0.004 0.018 0.062 0.134 0.284 0.370 0.422)3:np T,0) T,a P, = 0.231 02 / :=litep(2 -Y -b)03x:= O 3 1x 03y:=(0.01 6 0.061 0.118 0.158 0.164 0.135 0.097)33 := linterp0 3 xT,03 3 T,ba 133 = 0.162 0 3 4x:= 1 3 1x Page 1-5 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 1 3 4y:= (0.031 0.121 0.242 0.343 0.417 0.398 0.318)034 :=linterp(13 4 x, , Y Tb 34 = 0.391 At x = 0, z = 0 (east edge of slab at center): 2 or t MI.-6 Mc : 1027.1-ýýin o" 1 = -1.394 x 10 3psi M= -8 3 6.6 8 3 kip.in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])SF .- meISF = 1.228]IMII At x = 0, z = 0.6b (slab center region): 0,2.q-b 2 2 t 2 cr 2.M2 0=-2't-6 M 9 1 9.1 kip-in in cr2= 704.637-psi M2= 422.782- kip.in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M c SF.-1 M21 PSF = 2.174 J Page 1-6 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 03-q- 2 U3* 2 2 2 o-3.M 3 := --'--6 Mc:= 729.in SF-Mc SF:=0-3 = 494.357.psi M3 = 296.614. kip7i in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])ISF = 2.458 1 At x = +/- a/2, z = 0.6b (north and south edges of slab near center):-P34. q2 0T4 2 t 2 (04'M4" 6 Mc:= 1 0 2 7.1.A in ("4 = -1.193 x 10 3psi M 4 =-715.962

.kip .-in in Reinforcement Ultimate Moment (from p. 4B-4 and 4B-34 of [1.1])M c SF:=1M41 ISF = 1.435 ]Slab Shear Check The "beam shear" is not a credible failure mode for the slab and therefore the beam shear stresses need not be evaluated.

However, a peripheral shear check is required for the gross floor slab load and is performed as follows.fc:= 4000psi concrete compressive strength (Page 6-90 of [5.4])Page 1-7 of 1-8 Project 1916 Appendix I Report HI-2104715 d := 57in distance from the most compressed fiber to the tensile reinforcement (Page 6-90 of [5.4])b0 := (L + W -2.d).2 = 1.472 x 10 3.in slab perimeter Next is to calculate the minimum shear capacity of slab, Vcap. Per Section 11.12.2.1 of[5.11], Vcap is the smallest of the following two capacities:

L 3:= = 1.322 W ratio of long side to short side of the slab ( 4~' 7 VCap, :=O.85. (2 + ýpi b' = 2.266 x 10 .*fbf capacity 1 ot:= 30 parameter of edge column ( ~ d'- 7:= 0.85- 2 + p" b d = 1.426 x 10- lbf Vcap2 0)VCO Vcap:= min(VcapI, Vcap2) = 1.426 x 10 7.1bf 7 Dtotal: q.(L -d).(W -d) = 1.083 x 10 *Ibf calculated minimum shear capacity per ACI Code [5.11]total vertical load on slab safety factor.- Vcap SF Dt Dtotal[SF = 1.317 CONCLUSION This appendix analyzes the spent fuel pool slab under the limiting load combination (1.4D+1.7E), without crediting any of the steel beams/girders beneath the slab. It is shown that the calculated maximum bending moments in the slab under flexural loading are less than the reinforcement ultimate moment. Therefore, the existing loads on the SFP slab from Campaign II and III racks (with regular fuel) and the loaded HI-TRAC cask are well within its design capacity.

Also, the slab shear stress around the periphery is within its capacity.Page 1-8 of I-8 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 APPENDIX J: ANALYSIS OF LEVELING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY UNDER NORMAL, SSE AND OBE CONDITIONS

1.0 Introduction

In this appendix, the leveling platform (adjustable supports or pedestals) that are used to support the loaded HI-TRAC 100D under normal and seismic conditions are analyzed for strength and thread engagement length.2.0 Methodology

& Assumptions The structural adequacy of the Leveling Platform is established using the formulations of strength of materials and static equilibrium.

The maximum tension, compression,shear, bending, and combined stresses are calculated for the structural members of the Leveling Platform, and then safety factors are evaluated based on the allowable stress limits set in section 3.The required data for analysis is: 1) number of pedestals;

2) internal and external thread dimensions;
3) load under normal and seismic conditions; and 4) material properties.

E70XX series (or better) electrodes are used to fabricate the adjustable platform plate assembly, which has an ultimate strength of 70 ksi. The tensile strength of 70 ksi is used to compute the weld safety factor.3.0 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria for normal and SSE conditions are based on ANSI/AISC N690 [J.8] as guided by NRC and Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform [J.4].3.1 Level A Stress limits for Normal Conditions (Level A) are derived from Sections Q1.5 and Q1.6 of AISC N690-1994

[J.8]. Terminology is in accordance with the AISC Specification.

Allowable stress in tension is taken as 0.6 times yield strength on the gross area, but not more than 0.5 times the tensile strength on the effective net area. (Q1.5.1.1)

Ft = 0.60. Fy < 0.50Fu ii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective cross-sectional area is taken as 0.4 times yield strength. (Q1.5.1.2.1)

Fv = 0.40. Fy iii. For stainless steel, allowable stress in compression on the gross section of axially loaded compression members whose cross-sections meet the provision of Kilr, the largest effective slendemess ratio of any unbraced segment, equal to or less than 120, is taken as (Q1.5.1.3.5, Q1.5.9.1, Eq. Q1.5-11)Page J-1 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Fa FJ F -2.15 .'20 °where I = Unbraced length, r = Radius of gyration, if C = K < 120 r K = Effective length factor, iv. Allowable stress in bending is taken as 0.75 times yield strength for solid round and square bars.(Q1.5.1.4.3)

Fb = 0.75.Fy v. Members subjected to both axial compression and bending stresses shall be proportioned to satisfy the following requirements (Q1.6.1)fa + rCmx'fbx Cmy'fby <1.0 F+ fe bx + --I F<y Fex) -Fey)fa fbx 0.6Fy Fbx fby y 1.0 Eby For structural grade steels I 127r-E Fe.F =2:3 K.- L (\ rb)For stainless steels 2 T" .E2 Fe 2-k,. rb j I Cm E E2 is a coefficient whose value is conservatively taken as 1.0 in this study.is the modulus of elasticity, 29,000 ksi (steel)is the initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel 28,000 ksi vi. Allowable shear stress on an effective area of a fillet weld is taken as 0.3 times nominal tensile strength of weld metal.Allowable tension or compression parallel to axis of fillet welds is the same as the allowables in the base metal.(Table Q1.5.3)Page J-2 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 3.2 Level D Section 7.1 of PS-5256, Rev. 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform" [J.4] specifies that the allowable stresses should not exceed the ones from N690-1994

[J.8].As Per Table Q1.5.7.1 in AISC N690-1994

[J.8], the allowable stresses in tension, bending, and compression are taken as 1.6 times the values in Level A conditions; while the allowable stresses in shear are taken as 1.4 times the values in Level A conditions.

Therefore, the stress limits for the Level D condition are established as follows: i. Allowable stress in tension is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.

ii. Allowable stress in shear on a effective section is taken as 1.4 times the value in Level A conditions.

iii Allowable stress in compression is taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.

iv. Allowable stress in bending should be taken as 1.6 times the value in Level A conditions.

Instead the allowable is conservatively taken as 0.95 Sy.v. Allowable stress in welds is taken as 1.4 times the value in Level A conditions.

4.0 Composition

This document is created using the Mathcad (version 15.0) software package. Mathcad uses the symbol I:='as an assignment operator, and the equals symbol '=' retrieves values for constants or variables.

5.0 References

[J.1] E. Oberg and F.D. Jones, "Machinery's Handbook", 27th Edition, Industrial Press, 2004.[J.2] ASME CODE,Section II, Part D, 1995 edition.[J.3] Holtec Drawing 8262, Revision 6.[J.4] PS-5256, Revision 0, "Purchase Specification For Pilgrim Leveling Platform".

[J.5] Not Used.[J.6] ASME Code Section III, Appendix F, 2004.[J.7] ANSI/ASME BI. 1, "Unified Inch Screw Threads, UN and UNR Thread Form", 2003.[J.8] ANSI/AISC N690-1994, "American National Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities".

[J.9] PILGRIM Final Safety Analysis Report, Revision 27.(J.10] Holtec Report HI-2002444, HI-STORM 100 FSAR, Rev. 9., Table 3.2.2.[J.11]ANSYS 13.0, SAS IP, Inc. 2010.Page J-3 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715

[J.12] Pilgrim specification No. C-114-ER-Q-EO, "Seismic Response Spectra".6.0 Analyses 6.1 Input Data db := 5 in Las:= 5.25in db 2 Ad:= 4.-N:= 4--in p:= -= 0.25.in N Adjustable support diameter [J.3]Total length of adjustable support [J.3]Area of the unthreaded portion of the adjustable support Number of threads per inch (UN) [J.3]Thread pitch [J.7]Leng:= 2.5.in Minimum thread engagement

[J.3]Note: Minimum thread engagement is assumed to be the same as the block support pedestal thickness.

From Section 5.8 of [J.7], Class 1A (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOlpD [2A:= 0.0015- + 0.0015. -+- in tOlPD 2 = .O89i alllA:= 0.3-tOIpD_2A alllA = 0.003267.in Class 1A (external threads) allowance

[J.7]Class IA (external threads) major diameter tolerance is calculated as: (1)tOlMD-IA:=

0-09'[(-.E)l -in in PageJ-41A

J27 Page J-4 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Class IA (external threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIpD_lA:

1.5.tOIpD_2A tOlpD_1A = 0.016334.in Class 1B (internal threads) minor diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIMDIB := [.2 5.,7 -0.4 ).] -in tOIMDIB = 0.0375-in Class 1 B (internal threads) pitch diameter tolerance is calculated as: tOIpD1B := 1.95"tOIpD_2A tOIpD_1B = 0.021234.in D2 := 4.8376.in basic pitch diameter [J.7, table 9]DI 4.7294-in basic minor diameter of internal threads [J.7, table9]d 3 = 4.7023 in minor diameter of external threads [J.7, table 9]Thread dimensions below are calculated as per [J.7, table 17]: Dsmin:= db -alllA -tOIMD 1A Dsmin = 4.961 -in minimum major diameter of external thread Esmin := D2 -alliA -tOIpD_1A Esmin = 4.818 -in minimum pitch diameter of external thread Knmax:= D1 + tOIMD_lB Knmax = 4.7669.in maximum minor diameter of internal thread Enmax:= D 2 + tOIpD_lB Enmax = 4.8588-in maximum pitch diameter of internal thread Tensile stress area [J.1, page 1510]Esmin 0.16238 2 2 At, := 3.1416. 2 -N At 1 = 17.622-in tensile stress area for S 5 6 4 At2 := 0.7854.(db

-At 2= 17.769-in 2 tensile stress area for S240 Page J-5 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 At:= min(Atl,At 2)IT 2 Agross:= -'db sqw:= 1.375in T.(d,)4 sq 64 12"T"(d 3)2 sq 2 A, :=- sqw 4 At = 17.622.in 2 minimum tensile stress area Agross = 19.635.in 2 Gross area of support 11 23.702. in 4 A, 15.476*in 2 r, 1.238-in width of square inside the adjustable support [J.3]moment of inertia of the adjustable support (conservative) cross sectional area of the adjustable support (conservative) r 1:= -radius of gyration L, := 4.25-in Unsupported length of the adjustable support [J.3](conservative)

Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is: K 1:= 1.2 Slendemess Ratio [J.8, table CQ-1.8.1]6.2 Material Properties:

SA-240-304 Stainless Steel (at 150 dee F temoerature)

Sy:= 26700-psi Su :=73000 psi 7 E, 2.78077-10

.*psi Yield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus [J.2]Note: Internal and external thread materials have different strengths.

Page J-6 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel (at 150 deg F temperature)

S564y:= 109200-psi S564u:= 140000.psi 7 E:=2.85.10 .psi Yield Stress [J.2]Ultimate Stress [J.2]Young's Modulus (J.2]6.3 Level A Allowable Stresses (Section 3.1 of this appendix)SA-240-304 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Sten_nor:=

min(0.6Sy,0.5.Su)

Sten_nor=

16020.psi Allowable Shear Stress Sshnor :0.4.Sy Sshnor = 10680 -psi 0.3 Weld Allowable Stress Sw-nor := 70ksi Sw-nor= 14849.2. psi Note: 1. The ý factor is to account for the minimum throat area of a fillet weld.2. The use of 70 ksi tensile strength is based on Section 2- Assumption in this Appendix.SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Stennor2 := min(O.6. S564y, 0.5 S564u)Ssh_nor2:=

0.4.S564y Sten_nor2

= 65520-psi Ssh_nor2 = 43680 .psi Allowable Compression Stress K1 .L1 C:=- = 4.121 r 1< 120 s564y 6 S564y 2.15.ksi Scmp-nr2 "-2.15.ksi 1 -1 ksi compknor 120 Scomp-nor2

= 49252.5 .psi Sbennor2 = 819 0 0.psi Allowable Bending Stress Sben~nor2

= 0 7 5*5 64y Page J-7 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.4 Level D Allowable Stresses (Section 3.2 of this appendix)SA-240-304 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Weld Allowable Stress Sten_acc:=

1..6Stennor Sshacc := 1.4 Sshnor Sw_acc:= 1.4.Swnor Sten acc= 25632-psi Sshacc 14952-psi Sw-acc = 20788.9 psi SA-564-630, H1100 Stainless Steel Allowable Tension Stress Allowable Shear Stress Stenacc2 1.6.Stennor2 Sshacc2 : 1.4-Sshnor2 Sten-acc2

=104832-pSi 5 Sh-acc2 =61152.psi Allowable Compression Stress Scompacc2

= [.6-Scompnor2 Sompacc2 = 78804.014.psi Note: The critical buckling stress is 1.7 times the Level A compressive allowable per Section Q2.4 of [J.8].Allowable Bending Stress Sben acc2 := 0.95.S564y Sben_acc2

= 103740 psi 6.5 Level A Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:

Maximum load on adjustable supports (or pedestals), for conservatism buoyancy affects is not included Loaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)

Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)

Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)

Number of Pedestals to be Considered WHTRC:= 191000.lbf

[J.i10 WLp:= 5000.lbf [J.3]WPVL := WHTRc + W 1 P 196000. lbf NB:= 6 [J. 3]WPVL Wped= -= 32666.667.1bf N B Maximum Load per Pedestal Page J-8 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.5.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.

The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.7t.NLeng.Knmax.*2

+ 0.5 7 7 3 5-(Esmin -Knmax)] = shear area of the exter As:=~~~sea atrN'Lag omfx th + e2.1"n rnal threads An := 7r. N. Leng" Dsmin' -+ 0.57735 .(Dsmin -Enma = 28.677.in 2 shear area o The tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.

LCped:= (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6.lbf Pedestal Compression LCpedthrd

= (Ssh-nor2).As LCpedthrd

1010654.5.1bf Pedestal Extemal ThrE LCsp := (Sshnor).An LCsp = 306265.2.lbf Support Plate intemal Therefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as: Loadped:

NB. LCped Loadped = 5207655.6-1bf Loadpedthrd

= NB LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd

= 6063927.1

-1bf Loadsp := NB.LCsp Loadsp = 1837591.3 .Ibf f the intemal threads Load Capacity ead Load Capacity thread Load Capacity Loadped S~ped .WPVL Loadpedthrd SFpedthrd

.WPVL Loadsp SFp.-WpVL ISFped = 26.57 1 ISFpedthrd

= 30.938 IFs- = 9-375 Page J-9 of J27 IProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 1 6.5.2 Bending stress on adjustable support Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]Maximum shear load on each pedestal cof:= 0.8 SLW:= cof.Wped SL, = 26133.3 .lbf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied at one end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas:= Las -2.5in = 2.75. in Maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment := SLw.- Mome 2 Luas:= L, 4.25. in 4 nt = 5.553 x 10 .*lbf-in Maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O'bend := 211 Sbennor2 Sbend.-O'bend O'bend = 5.857 x 10 3psi[SFbend= 13.982]6.5.3 Combined comoression and bendinq on adiustable support Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2*T E2e Fe =2 Fe = 7.569 x 106. psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated Page J-10 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is the bending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bending stresses in both x and y directions.

Case 1.Bending stress in x direction only fa=Wped fbx:= cJ'bend Fa := Scompnor2 Fbx:= Sbennor2 fab+ = 0.109 Y- Fe ~Fbx fa fbx+ -= 0.1 0.6 S564y Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OK Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx:= °'bend " N -2 fby:= O'bend" %F2 Cmx'fbx-t +1 -* Fbx Fe)Fbx:= Sbennor2 Fby:= Sben_nor2 fa Fa Cmy" fby Cmy -0.139-l ~Fby<1.0-OKbx by a ++ + = 0.129 0.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK 6.5.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adiustable Support Page J-11 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A 1 Apb = 15.476.in 2 Shear stress SIL, Apb O'pb = 1688.7. psi ISFpb = 6.325 ]Safety factor Ssh nor SFpb: .-O'pb 6.5.5 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld There are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:

compression force and friction force. These loads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on the other side.Therefore, one comer of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension. The maximum weld stress is then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and the maximum tensile force. The maximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simple calculation as shown below. An ANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the welds surrounding the pedestal and to obtain the maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestal Thickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of stiffener plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]SLw := cof.Wped tw:= 0.5.in Lbl:= 6.75-in Lgp:= 3.375 in twg := 0.375in tsp := 1.75-in SLw = 26133.3 -lbf Weld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)

+ twg.2.Lgp-4 Shear stress in the weld Aw = 23.625-in 2 SLW aw = 1106.2. psi Weld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition Page J-12 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the welds between the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The welds between the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.

Since the pedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beam element in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Inout Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal side LbI = 6.75 in Overall effective height of the pedestal Maximum shear load on weld of any pedestal (Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestal Weld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld Area 5.25 Hbl := -in 2 SLw = 26133.333 .lbf Wped = 32666.667.lbf LbI ANT := --tw 8 ANT = 0.422.-in2 Maximum tensile force on node mtfs := 64.1011bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESNOR.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: Safety factor: (_ mtfs 2+e , ANT) +Swnor SFweld.-O'weld (Tweld = 1116.559.psi IS.d = 3.2991 6.5.6 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)Asp:=Aw SLw Ap= 23.625. in 2 Us 5= 1106.2.psi Ssh nor SFsp: oTsp SFsp = 9.655 1 Page J-13 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 6.5.7 Bending stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)There is no significant bending stresses in the plate since the HI-TRAC sits directly above the support pedestals.

In other words, the load travels from the bottom of the HI-TRAC pool lid to the top plate of the leveling platform, from the top plate to the pedestal support block through direct compression, and from the pedestal support block to the threaded pedestals through the threads.Since the support pedestals are within the footprint of the HI-TRAC, the top plate of the platform does not carry any load in bending. Also, the platform is not anchored to the floor, so platform will tend to follow the HI-TRAC as it rotates from vertical.6.6 Level D Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations:

In the event of an earthquake causing rocking of the cask the load will be carried by only two pedestals.

Therefore, for seismic load cases SSE (level D) and OBE the load is distributed over two pedestals.

Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)

Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)

WSSE:= 520000.lbf WLP:= 5000.1bf[Table 1][J.3]Total Vertical Load (" WssE " Wtotal:= WSSE + WLP'- W-'TRc= 5336131lbf Note: for the SSE and the OBE conditions the load is conservatively applied to two pedestals only to account for rocking.Number of Pedestals to be Considered Maximum load per pedestal (Bounding)

NB:= 2[J.3]Wtotal Wped := = 266806.lbf NB 6.6.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.

The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.recall A, = 23.138-in 2 An = 28.677- in 2 Therefore, the minimum load capacities are calculated as (conservatively use tensile stress area in compression evaluation)

LCped := (Scomp acc2)'At LCpedthrd

= (Sshacc2)'As LCsp := (Sh_acc).An LC ped = 13 88708.2 -lbf Pedestal Compression Load Capacity LCpedthrd

= 1414916.3 -lbf Pedestal Extemal Thread Load Capacity LCsp = 428771.3.

lbf Support Plate internal thread Load Capacity Page J-14 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 SFp=LC.P SF~Wped SFsp= 1.6077 LCpedthrd SFpedthrd

-Wped LCped Wped SFpedthrd

= 5.303 ISFped = 5.20571 6.6.2 Bendina stress on the adjustable support Peak Frictional Force (Bounding)

WPFL= 400000.lbf

[Table 1]Maximum shear load on weld of any support (Bounding)

SL: WF = 200000.lbf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if the friction force applied at one end of the beam is F, the maximum moment occurs at the same end which equals to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 in maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment:= SLw.- Mome 2 Luas:= L 1= 4.25.in nt = 4.25 x 10 5.1bf in maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O'bend 21, Sben acc2 SFbend :=O'bend O'bend = 4.483 x 10 .psi[SFbend= 2.314]6.6.3 Combined compression and bending on adPustable suJport Page J-1 5 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2 7T .E2e Fe 2.15 K, Luasr Fe=7.5 6 9 x 10 .psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 Again, two bounding cases are considered.

Case 1. Bending stress in x direction only Wped fa := Wpd Fa := Scomp_acc2 At fbx := O'bend Fbx := Sben acc2 fa Cmx fbx 0.625+ =- .Fbx< 1.0- OK< 1.0- OK 0.6 5 S564y fbx+ -= 0.663 Fbx Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degrees to x direction fbx:= °'bend 2 fby:= °'bend 2 Fbx:= Sben_acc2 Fby:= Sben_acc2 fa Cmx fbx+Fa fa ( 1 -I Fbx Fe)Cmy fby- 0.804 Fe +j.Fby< 1.0- -OK Page J-16 of J27 rProject 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa fbx fby+ -+ 56= 0.842 0.6. S564y Fbx Fby<1.0- OK 6.6.4 Shear stress in the Pedestal Block and Adjustable Support Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.SLw O'pb:= " A, Ssh acc SFpb.O'pb O'pb = 12923.4.psi ISFpb= 1.157 6.6.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which would develop a plastic hinge at ultimate loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed Cc.The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is Ks:= 1.2 Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks .L 1-= 4.121< Cc:= 120 for stainless steel The gross area of the adjustable support: Agross = 19.635.in 2 The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken as PC,: 1.7-Agross

  • Scomp-acc2 6 Pcr =2.63 x 10 .lbf Applied axial load safety factor P: Wped Pcr SFbuck:= -6.6.6 Combined axial load and bending moment From the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support", the maximum applied moment is Page J-17 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 M:= -M = 3.542 x 10 4.1bf.ft To obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6 of [J.8]) is used here: Cm:= 1.0 Euler buckling load 23 8gross e = 2.848 x 10 .lbf 12grse-For columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted by the member in the absence of axial load is plastic section modulus plastic moment db 3 Z:=6.3 Z = 20.833.in Mm:= MP = 1.896 x 10 5.lbf.ft Per Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending moment shall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas: Pc+ 0.288 P')P M+ = 0.283 S564y.Agross 1.18.Mp<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OK Therefore, the adjustable support meets the AISC requirement and buckling is not credible for this compressive member under SSE seismic loading. This evaluation bounds the situation in normal and OBE seismic loading conditions.

6.6.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld Maximum shear load on any weld [Table 1]Shear stress in the weld of any pedestal SLw:= 400000. lbf (Bounding)

SLW a-, = 8465.6 -psi Nl A Similar to the normal condition (Level A), the maximum tensile force on the weld is obtained Page J-18 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 1 from ANSYS model with updated friction and axial loads on the pedestal. (See Appendix K for input file)SLw Maximum shear load on weld of any pedestal -= 200000.lbf NB (Frictional load)Maximum axial load on any pedestal Wped = 266806.lbf Maximum tensile force on node mtfs := 235.151bf (see ANSYS output list, FORCESSSE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: O'weld NT + wweld = 8.484 X 103psiý/kAN T)Y+ w Safety factor: SWacc SFweld : -(Tweld SFweld = 2.45 6.6.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear stress Safety factor SLw P NB Asp Ssh acc SFsp --O'sp rsp = 8465.6.psi SFsp = 1.766 1 6.7 Stresses and Safety Factors Calculations OBE Condition:

Conservatively the OBE stress limits will be checked against (level A) stress conditions in section 3.1 of this appendix.The results in table 1 are presented for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) ground motion. The OBE results are obtained by dividing the SSE results by a factor of 1.875, which is the ratio of the SSE (0.15g) to OBE (0.08g) maximum ground acceleration, as per section 5.1 of [J.12].Loaded HI-TRAC 100D (Bounding)

WHTRC := 191000*lbf

[J. 10]Page J-19 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I Peak Vertical Load (Bounding)

Wtotai:= 520000.lbf (Table 1]Added load for SSE condition WSSE := WtotaI -WHTRC = 329000.lbf WSSE Added load for OBE condition WOBE1 := -= 175466.667.1bf 1.875 Weight of leveling platform (Bounding)

WLp := 5000.1bf [J.3]WOB2 : WBE1+ WTR + ~p(WoBEl -"'Peak vertical load for OBE condition WOBE2- WOBE + WHTRc + WLP= + I 376060.lbf ( WHTRC Peak vertical load for OBE (Bounding)

WOBE:= 380000.1bf Note Peak frictional force (Ib) is conservatively calculated as: Coefficient of friction (0.8) x Peak vertical load for OBE (bounding)

Peak frictional force (bounding)

WPFF := 0.8.WonE = 304000. lbf 6.7.1 Length of Engagement/Strength Calculations In this section, it is shown that the length of thread engagement is adequate.

The method and terminology of [J. 1] are followed.recall As= 23.138 in2 A, = 28.677. in2 The tensile stress area is conservatively used for compression.

LCped := (Scompnor2).At LCped = 867942.6-lbf Pedestal Compression Load Ca pacity LCpedthrd

=(Ssh-nor2).AS LCsp := (Ssh-nor) -An LCpdthPd = 10e10654.5

-lbf LC 5 p = 306265.2.lbf Pedestal External Thread Load Capacity Support Plate internal thread Load Capacity Therefore, the total minimum load capacities are calculated as: Loadped:=

NB.LCped Loadped = 1735885.2-lbf Loadpedthrd

= NB. LCpedthrd Loadpedthrd

= 2021309. bf Page J-20 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Loadsp:= NB.LCsp Loadped S ped.-WOBE Loadsp = 612530.4.1bf SFped = 4.568]]SFpedthrd

= 5.319 ISFs~p = 1.612 Loadpedthrd SFpedthrd

.WOBE Loadsp SFsp .-WOBE 6.7.2 Bending stress on adjustable support Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on each pedestal WOBE SLw:= cof.NB SLw= 152000*Ibf For a beam with rotational restraints on both ends and fixed at one end, if a force F is applied at one end of the beam, then the maximum moment occurs at the same end which is equal to FL/2.Per note #6 in DWG 8262 [J.3], the minimum thread engagement of support is 2.5", therefore, the maximum unsupported length of the adjustable support is Luas := Las -2.5in = 2.75 in Maximum bending moment in the support, conservatively using Luas Moment:= SLw*- Mome 2 Luas.ý L, = 4.25-in*nt =3.23 x 10 .lbf-in Maximum stress due to bending in the support Moment.db O-bend 211 Sben_nor2 S F bend .-O'bend O'bend = 3.407 x 10 4.psi[SFbend = 2.404 1 6.7.3 Combined compression and bending on adiustable support Page J-21 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Initial modulus of elasticity of stainless steel E2e := 28000ksi For stainless steels 2 7 .E2e Fe2:=.15K Luasj Fe = 7.569 x 1 0 b psi To obtain the most conservative results, the largest coefficient values for Cmx and Cmy as indicated in Section Q1.6 of [J.8] are used here: Cmx:= 1.0 Cmy:= 1.0 For the combined axial compressive and bending stresses, two bounding cases are evaluated here. The first case is the bending stress in one direction only. The second case is the bending stress in the direction of 45 degrees from the x coordinate, which indicates bending stresses in both x and y directions.

Case 1.Bending stress in x direction only WOBE fa -- Fa := Scomp-nor2 NB-At fbx := °'bend Fbx := Sben-nor2 f Crux"fbx f-+ =_ 0.635 Fa (faF fa fbx+ -= 0.581 0.6. $564y Fbx< 1.0 -OK< 1.0- OK Case 2. Bending stress in 45 degree to x direction fbx := 7 bend ' -2 f b y : = ( 'b e n d " " Fbx:= Sbennor2 Fby := Sbennor2 Page J-22 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 fa C rux "fbx O nm y "fby f+ + = 0.808 F, fa FeFe fa fbx fby+ -+ -= 0.753 0.6. S 5 6 4 y Fbx Fby<1.0-OK<1.0-OK 6.7.4 Shear stress in Pedestal Block and Adjustable Support Conservatively using the cross-sectional area of adjustable support.Apb:= A 1 Apb = 15.476,in-2 Shear stress SLW Apb O'pb = 9821.8. psi SFPb = 1.08 Safety factor Sshnor SFpb .O'pb 6.7.5 Axial Compression Evaluation (Buckling of compressive member)Per Section Q2.4 of ANSI/AISC N690-1994, in the plane of bending of columns which would develop a plastic hinge at ultimate loading, the slenderness ratio KI/r shall not exceed C..The following formula is from Section Q2.4 of [J.8] unless otherwise noted.Since both ends of the pedestal are fixed in rotation, the recommended effective K value as a guided cantilever beam is K,:= 1.2 Table CQ-1.8.1 of [J.8]Ks-L1=4.121< Cc:= 120 for stainless steel The gross area of the adjustable support: Agross = 19.635.in 2 The maximum strength of an axially loaded compression member shall be taken as Pcr := 1.7.Agross.Scompacc2 Pcr = 2.6 3 x 106.lbf Page J-23 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715 Applied axial load WOBE P:= -NB Pcr SFbuck P safety factor IS~k = 3.844f1 6.7.6 Combined axial load and bending moment From the above analysis of "bending stress on the adjustable support", the maximum applied moment is M:= SLw.--M = 2.692 x 10 4.lbf.ft To obtain the most conservative result, the largest coefficient value for Cm (Section 1.6 of [J.8]) is used here: Cm:= 1.0 Euler buckling load 23 8 Pe -Agross'Fe

= 2.848 x 10 .lbf For columns braced in the weak direction, the maximum moment that can be resisted by the member in the absence of axial load is plastic section modulus db 3 Z: --6 Z = 20.833 in 3 plastic moment Mp:= Z.S 5 6 4 y Mm:= MP = 1.896 x 10 5.lbf.ft Per Section Q2.4 of [J.8], members subject to combined axial load and bending moment shall be proportioned to satisfy the following interaction formulas:-+ = 0.214 Pcr I}P MM P M+ -10.209$564y *Agross I- 18"M p<1.0 -OK<1.0 -OK Therefore, the adjustable support meets the AlISC requirement and buckling is not credible for this compressive member under OBE seismic loading.Page J-24 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715I 6.7.7 Support Pedestal Block to Shim Plate Weld There are two forces applied on the block support pedestal:

compression force and friction force.These loads tend to twist the pedestal causing a tension load on one side and compression on the other side. Therefore, one corner of the block support pedestal may be placed in tension. The maximum weld stress is then derived from combination of the maximum shear force and the maximum tensile force. The maximum shear stress from friction can be obtained through simple calculation as shown below. An ANSYS [J.11] model is used to develop the load along the welds surrounding the pedestal and to obtain the maximum tensile stress.Maximum coefficient of friction[Section 4.3]cof:= 0.8 Maximum shear load on weld of each pedestal WOBE SLw:= cof.NB SLw= 152000.lbf Thickness of fillet weld #1 [J.3]Size of square Support Pedestal Block [J.3]Weld length of gusset plates [J.3]Thickness of fillet weld #2 at stiffener plates [J.3]Minimum thickness of Shim Plate [J.3]tw:= 0.5.in Lbl:= 6.75.in Lgp:= 3.375in twg := 0.375in tsp:= 1.75.in Weld area for each Block (6.75 X 6.75) and attached four stiffener plates [J.3]Aw:= tw.(4.Lbl)

+ twg-2.Lgp.4 Shear stress in the weld AW = 23.625-in 2 SLW aw=643 3.9 -psi Weld stress is derived from combination of the maximum shear stress from normal condition obtained above and the maximum tensile stress obtained from ANSYS model. Only the welds between the support pedestal block and the shim plate is modeled in ANSYS. The welds between the four stiffener plates and the shim plate is not included for simplicity.

Since the pedestal is fixed in rotation at both ends, the length of the pedestal as a cantilever beam element in the ANSYS model is 0.5 times its actual unsupported length.ANSYS Input Data: (See Appendix K for input file)Length of square pedestal side LbI = 6.75 -in Page J-25 of J27 Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715]

Overall effective height of the pedestal Maximum shear load on any weld Maximum axial load on any pedestal Weld area per node (total 8 nodes on one pedestal side)Weld Area Maximum tensile force on node (see ANSYS output list, FORCES_OBE.LST in Appendix L)Weld stress: Oweld:= +( .ANT)Sw nor Safety factor: SFweld'weld 6.7.8 Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Shear area of the base metal (Shim Plate) As, = 23.625 5.25 Hbl:= -in 2 SLw= 152000.lbf WOBE WaxiaI := = 19000.lbf NB LbI ANT := --tw 8 ANT = 0.422 in 2 mffs:= 372.861bf Oweld = 6494.283 psi ISFweld = 2.287?2 aIsp = 6433.9-psi r ISFsp = 1.66 1.i Shear stress in the base metal (Shim Plate)Safety factor for base metal (Shim Plate)SLw SFsp= shn asp Page J-26 of J27

[Project 1916 Appendix J Report HI-2104715

7.0 Conclusion

The preceding analyses demonstrate that the adjustable supports (or pedestals) have been designed to sustain normal and seismic loading. The size and length of thread engagement of pedestals is conservatively set. The welds between blocks and shim plate have also been analyzed.8.0 Computer Code and Files The ANSYS calculation is performed on Computer 1038, as listed on the Approved Computer Program List (ACPL) in Appendix C. All the files used in this calculation are located in the following directory:

G:\IProjects\l 916\REPORTS\Structural Reports\SFP Evaluation\Rev 6 Page J-27 of J27 Appendix K -ANSYS Input Files Input File for Normal Condition:

PROPRIETARY Report HI-2104715 K1 of K1 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for Normal Condition: (FORCESNOR.LST)

PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 64.101 115 -42.905 116 -149.80 117 -256.07 118 -360.85 119 -463.57 120 -564.52 121 -664.60 122 57.413 123 -48.151 124 -153.25 125 -257.34 126 -359.98 127 -461.05 128 -560.89 129 -660.14 132 63.140 133 -666.42 136 62.130 137 -667.85 140 60.920 141 -668.29 144 59.580 145 -667.46 148 58.420 149 -665.49 152 57.735 153 -662.89 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -668.29 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 64.101 Report HI-2104715 L1 of L3 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for SSE Condition: (FORCES_SSE.LST)

PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENT TABLE LISTING *STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 235.15 115 -567.06 116 -1368.3 117 -2164.6 118 -2948.9 119 -3717.1 120 -4471.4 121 -5218.7 122 183.34 123 -607.71 124 -1395.0 125 -2174.4 126 -2942.3 127 -3697.6 128 -4443.2 129 -5184.2 132 226.65 133 -5233.6 136 217.94 137 -5245.2 140 208.05 141 -5249.1 144 197.66 145 -5242.6 148 189.21 149 -5227.0 152 184.78 153 -5206.2 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -5249.1 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 235.15 Report HI-2104715 L2 of L3 Project 1916 Appendix L -ANSYS Output Files Output File for OBE Condition: (FORCESOBE.LST)

PRINT ELEMENT TABLE ITEMS PER ELEMENT***** POST1 ELEMENTTABLE LISTING STAT CURRENT ELEM FORCE 114 372.86 115 -249.53 116 -871.25 117 -1489.4 118 -2098.8 119 -2696.3 120 -3283.5 121 -3865.5 122 333.98 123 -280.03 124 -891.30 125 -1496.8 126 -2093.8 127 -2681.6 128 -3262.3 129 -3839.6 132 367.27 133 -3876.2 136 361.40 137 -3884.4 140 354.37 141 -3887.0 144 346.57 145 -3882.2 148 339.83 149 -3870.7 152 335.84 153 -3855.6 MINIMUM VALUES ELEM 141 VALUE -3887.0 MAXIMUM VALUES ELEM 114 VALUE 372.86 Report HI-2104715 L3 of L3 Project 1916